1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
64 \font_typewriter default
65 \font_default_family default
73 \default_output_format default
74 \bibtex_command default
75 \index_command default
79 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
80 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
84 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
85 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
86 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
91 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
92 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
101 \paperorientation portrait
119 \paragraph_separation indent
120 \paragraph_indentation default
121 \quotes_language english
124 \paperpagestyle default
125 \tracking_changes false
126 \output_changes false
127 \html_use_mathml true
142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
144 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
146 \begin_inset CommandInset href
148 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
159 \begin_inset Newline newline
163 \begin_inset Newline newline
167 \begin_inset Note Note
170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
171 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
172 \begin_inset Newline newline
177 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
185 \begin_layout Standard
186 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
187 LatexCommand tableofcontents
194 \begin_layout Chapter
198 \begin_layout Section
202 \begin_layout Standard
203 LyX is a document preparation system.
204 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
205 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
206 It is unlike most other
207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
214 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
216 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
232 pt type, left justified, 5
233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
241 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
245 \begin_layout Standard
246 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
259 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
263 \begin_layout Standard
265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
277 the format of all of the manuals.
278 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
279 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
296 \begin_layout Section
300 \begin_layout Standard
301 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
303 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
304 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
310 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
311 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
313 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
314 only a vertical scrollbar.
315 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
316 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
317 This, however, is due
318 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
319 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
320 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
321 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
323 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
324 this doesn't work for equations yet.
327 \begin_layout Standard
328 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
336 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
341 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
342 ing sections of this documentation.
345 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_layout Standard
350 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
355 of the manuals from inside LyX.
356 Just select the manual you want read from the
363 \begin_layout Section
365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
367 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
374 \begin_layout Standard
375 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
376 without resorting to configuration files.
377 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
378 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
379 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
384 \begin_inset Index idx
387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
394 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
395 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
396 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
400 \begin_inset space \space{}
403 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
404 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
406 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
410 \begin_inset Index idx
413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
414 Reconfiguration of LyX
419 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
422 \begin_layout Section
424 \begin_inset CommandInset label
426 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
433 \begin_layout Standard
434 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
435 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
458 that will be created when using the menu
460 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
479 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
480 \begin_inset Note Note
483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
484 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
492 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
493 More about TeX Code is described in section
498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
500 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
504 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
511 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
521 \begin_inset Index idx
524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
525 Reconfiguration of LyX
533 \begin_layout Chapter
537 \begin_layout Section
538 Basic File Operations
539 \begin_inset Index idx
542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
551 \begin_layout Standard
556 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
557 in addition to some more advanced operations:
560 \begin_layout Itemize
564 \begin_inset Graphics
565 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
566 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
573 \begin_layout Itemize
591 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_inset Graphics
598 filename ../images/file-open.png
599 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
606 \begin_layout Itemize
612 \begin_layout Itemize
618 \begin_inset Graphics
619 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
620 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
627 \begin_layout Itemize
637 \begin_layout Itemize
651 \begin_layout Itemize
661 \begin_layout Itemize
667 \begin_layout Itemize
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_inset Graphics
680 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
681 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
688 \begin_layout Itemize
694 \begin_layout Standard
695 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
696 a few minor differences.
699 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
714 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
715 you for a template to use.
716 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
717 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
718 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
726 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
733 \begin_layout Standard
735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
758 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
759 space is just that — a big, blank space.
762 \begin_layout Standard
783 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
788 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
813 will reload the document from disk.
814 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
815 and want to restore it to the last save.
824 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
825 can identify them as your changes.
828 \begin_layout Section
829 Basic Editing Features
830 \begin_inset Index idx
833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
840 \begin_inset CommandInset label
842 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
849 \begin_layout Standard
850 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
851 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
852 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
853 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
855 We'll start with cut and paste.
858 \begin_layout Standard
859 As you might expect, the
863 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
864 various other editing features.
865 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
869 \begin_layout Itemize
875 \begin_inset Graphics
876 filename ../images/cut.png
877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
884 \begin_layout Itemize
890 \begin_inset Graphics
891 filename ../images/copy.png
892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
899 \begin_layout Itemize
905 \begin_inset Graphics
906 filename ../images/paste.png
907 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
914 \begin_layout Itemize
924 \begin_layout Itemize
934 \begin_layout Itemize
948 \begin_inset Graphics
949 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
950 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
958 \begin_layout Standard
959 The first three are self-explanatory.
960 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
961 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
970 keys also functions as the
975 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
976 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
981 to get back the lost text.
984 \begin_layout Standard
985 \begin_inset Index idx
988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
994 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1003 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1006 \begin_layout Standard
1009 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1011 \begin_inset space ~
1014 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1016 \begin_inset space ~
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1031 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1035 \begin_inset space ~
1040 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1041 will start a new paragraph.
1044 \begin_layout Standard
1045 \begin_inset Index idx
1048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1055 \begin_inset Index idx
1058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1066 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1068 \begin_inset space ~
1072 \begin_inset space ~
1080 \begin_inset space ~
1084 \begin_inset space ~
1090 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1095 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1098 \begin_inset space ~
1107 \begin_inset space ~
1112 button to skip the current word.
1116 \begin_inset space ~
1121 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1125 \begin_inset space ~
1130 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1132 If the toggle is set, searching for
1133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1144 will not match the word
1145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1159 Match whole words only
1161 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1162 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1192 \begin_layout Standard
1193 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1194 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1196 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1201 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1208 \begin_layout Section
1210 \begin_inset Index idx
1213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1220 \begin_inset Index idx
1223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1230 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1232 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1239 \begin_layout Standard
1240 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1241 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1244 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1247 or the toolbar button
1248 \begin_inset Graphics
1249 filename ../images/undo.png
1250 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1254 to undo some mistake.
1255 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1257 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1260 or the toolbar button
1261 \begin_inset Graphics
1262 filename ../images/redo.png
1263 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1275 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1279 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1282 \begin_layout Standard
1283 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1292 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1293 This is a consequence of the 100
1294 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1297 step undo limit, above.
1300 \begin_layout Standard
1309 work on almost everything in LyX.
1310 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1314 \begin_layout Section
1316 \begin_inset Index idx
1319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1328 \begin_layout Standard
1329 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1332 \begin_layout Enumerate
1337 \begin_layout Itemize
1342 once anywhere in the edit window.
1343 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1347 \begin_layout Enumerate
1352 \begin_layout Itemize
1358 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1361 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1364 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1367 \begin_layout Itemize
1368 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1370 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1377 \begin_layout Enumerate
1378 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1382 \begin_layout Standard
1383 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1384 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1388 \begin_layout Enumerate
1393 \begin_layout Standard
1398 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1403 \begin_layout Section
1405 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1407 name "sec:Navigating"
1412 \begin_inset Index idx
1415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1424 \begin_layout Standard
1425 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1428 \begin_layout Itemize
1433 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1434 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1437 \begin_layout Itemize
1440 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1443 or the toolbar button
1444 \begin_inset Graphics
1445 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1446 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1453 \begin_layout Standard
1454 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1455 (TOC) that is described in section
1456 \begin_inset space ~
1460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1462 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1467 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1468 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1469 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1470 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1471 to the document, see section
1472 \begin_inset space ~
1476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1478 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1487 option sorts the current list, and the
1491 option keeps it in the current view state.
1492 Keeping means that when you have e.
1493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1497 \begin_inset space \space{}
1500 the subsections of section
1501 \begin_inset space ~
1504 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1505 \begin_inset space ~
1508 3, the subsections of section
1509 \begin_inset space ~
1512 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1517 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1518 \begin_inset space ~
1524 \begin_layout Standard
1526 \begin_inset space \space{}
1530 \begin_inset Graphics
1531 filename ../images/down.png
1532 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1537 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1542 \begin_inset space \space{}
1546 \begin_inset Graphics
1547 filename ../images/up.png
1548 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1553 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1557 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1559 So you can for example move section
1560 \begin_inset space ~
1564 \begin_inset space ~
1568 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1570 \begin_inset Graphics
1571 filename ../images/promote.png
1572 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1577 \begin_inset Graphics
1578 filename ../images/demote.png
1579 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1583 or the corresponding key bindings
1591 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1592 So you can for example make section
1593 \begin_inset space ~
1597 \begin_inset space ~
1601 \begin_inset space ~
1607 \begin_layout Standard
1609 \begin_inset Graphics
1610 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1611 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1616 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1617 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1618 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1619 go back to your last editing position.
1622 \begin_layout Section
1624 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1628 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1632 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1634 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1639 \begin_inset Index idx
1642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1649 \begin_inset Index idx
1652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1683 \begin_layout Standard
1684 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1686 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1687 is used to propose completions.
1690 \begin_layout Standard
1691 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1692 there are completions available.
1693 You can then press the
1697 key to use this completion.
1698 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1699 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1700 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1707 \begin_layout Standard
1708 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1710 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1713 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1715 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1718 by deselecting the option
1725 Automatic inline completion
1727 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1728 To accept this proposal, use the
1737 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1738 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1740 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1746 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1753 \begin_layout Section
1755 \begin_inset Index idx
1758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1765 \begin_inset Index idx
1768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1797 \begin_inset Index idx
1800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1831 \begin_layout Standard
1832 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1833 LyX's default is CUA.
1836 \begin_layout Standard
1840 \begin_inset space ~
1848 \begin_inset space ~
1869 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1873 \begin_layout Labeling
1874 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1878 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1879 LatexCommand nomenclature
1881 description "Tabulator key"
1887 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1888 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1889 \begin_inset space ~
1893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1895 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1902 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1906 , especially section
1907 \begin_inset space ~
1911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1913 reference "sub:Lists"
1919 If you're still confused, look in the
1926 \begin_layout Labeling
1927 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1931 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1932 LatexCommand nomenclature
1934 description "Escape key"
1941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1948 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1949 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1952 \begin_layout Labeling
1953 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1959 \begin_inset space ~
1963 \begin_inset space ~
1970 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1971 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1975 \begin_layout Standard
1976 There are three modifier keys:
1979 \begin_layout Labeling
1980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1998 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1999 LatexCommand nomenclature
2001 description "Control key"
2005 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2006 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2010 \begin_layout Itemize
2019 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2022 \begin_layout Itemize
2031 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2034 \begin_layout Itemize
2043 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2047 \begin_layout Labeling
2048 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2066 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2067 LatexCommand nomenclature
2069 description "Shift key"
2073 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2074 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2077 \begin_layout Labeling
2078 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2096 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2097 LatexCommand nomenclature
2099 description "Alt or Meta key"
2103 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2104 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2105 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2111 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2113 menu accelerator keys
2116 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2117 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2121 \begin_layout Standard
2122 For example, the sequence
2123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2129 \begin_inset space ~
2133 \begin_inset space ~
2139 \begin_inset space ~
2147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2166 \begin_inset space ~
2172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2182 \begin_layout Standard
2187 manual lists all other things bound to the
2195 \begin_layout Standard
2196 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2197 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2198 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2199 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2200 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2201 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2202 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2203 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2219 followed by a capital
2226 \begin_layout Standard
2227 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2229 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2234 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2237 as explained in sec.
2238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2244 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2251 \begin_layout Chapter
2253 \begin_inset Index idx
2256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2265 \begin_layout Section
2267 \begin_inset Index idx
2270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2279 \begin_layout Subsection
2283 \begin_layout Standard
2284 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2285 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2286 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2287 numbering schemes, and so on.
2288 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2289 and format the title of your document differently.
2292 \begin_layout Standard
2297 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2298 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2299 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2300 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2301 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2304 \begin_layout Standard
2305 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2306 how to adjust their properties.
2309 \begin_layout Subsection
2311 \begin_inset Index idx
2314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2323 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2330 \begin_layout Standard
2331 You can select a class using the
2333 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2335 \begin_inset Index idx
2338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2347 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2351 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2355 \begin_layout Standard
2356 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2360 \begin_layout Description
2361 Article for basic articles
2364 \begin_layout Description
2365 Report for basic reports
2368 \begin_layout Description
2369 Book for writing a book
2372 \begin_layout Description
2373 Letter for US-style letters
2376 \begin_layout Standard
2377 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2379 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2380 can be found in chapter
2382 Special Document Classes
2391 \begin_layout Description
2392 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2395 \begin_layout Description
2402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2411 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2415 \begin_layout Description
2416 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2417 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2418 There are three article layouts available.
2419 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2420 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2421 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2422 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2427 sequential numbering
2428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2431 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2432 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2433 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2434 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2437 \begin_layout Description
2438 Beamer Layout for presentations
2441 \begin_layout Description
2442 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2443 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2447 \begin_layout Description
2449 \begin_inset space ~
2452 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2455 \begin_layout Description
2456 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2459 \begin_layout Description
2462 Die TeXnische Komödie
2464 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2467 \begin_layout Description
2468 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2471 \begin_layout Description
2472 Foils Used to make transparencies
2475 \begin_layout Description
2476 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2479 \begin_layout Description
2480 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2481 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2487 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2490 \begin_layout Description
2491 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2498 \begin_layout Description
2499 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2500 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2503 \begin_layout Description
2504 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2507 \begin_layout Description
2512 LaTeX document class
2515 \begin_layout Description
2516 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2519 \begin_layout Description
2524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2531 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2532 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2534 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2537 \begin_layout Description
2538 Slides Used to make transparencies
2541 \begin_layout Description
2543 \begin_inset space ~
2546 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2547 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2550 \begin_layout Description
2551 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2554 \begin_layout Description
2559 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2562 \begin_layout Standard
2563 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2565 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2570 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2571 of the document classes.
2574 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2583 \begin_inset Index idx
2586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2595 \begin_layout Standard
2596 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2597 in the chosen document class.
2598 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2600 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2601 the corresponding module in the
2607 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2611 \begin_inset Index idx
2614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2621 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2625 \begin_layout Standard
2626 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2634 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2635 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2643 \begin_layout Standard
2644 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2652 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2660 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2664 \begin_layout Standard
2665 Each class has a default set of options.
2666 Here's a quick table describing them:
2669 \begin_layout Standard
2670 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2676 \begin_layout Standard
2678 \begin_inset Tabular
2679 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2680 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2681 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3139 \begin_layout Standard
3140 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3146 \begin_layout Standard
3147 You're probably also wondering what
3148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3152 \begin_inset space ~
3156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3160 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3161 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3166 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3171 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3181 headings, there are also
3189 headings, and so on.
3190 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3191 \begin_inset space ~
3195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3197 reference "sub:Headings"
3204 \begin_layout Subsection
3206 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3208 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3213 \begin_inset Index idx
3216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3225 \begin_inset Index idx
3228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3237 \begin_layout Standard
3238 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3240 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3251 \begin_inset space ~
3256 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3258 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3259 to use for your document.
3260 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3264 \begin_layout Standard
3271 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3277 \begin_inset space ~
3282 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3283 You can choose between the following five options:
3286 \begin_layout Labeling
3287 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3292 Use default page style of current class.
3295 \begin_layout Labeling
3296 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3301 No page numbers or headings.
3304 \begin_layout Labeling
3305 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3313 \begin_layout Labeling
3314 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3319 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3320 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3321 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3324 \begin_layout Labeling
3325 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3330 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3336 \begin_inset Index idx
3339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3340 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3346 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3347 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3349 Check the documentation for the
3353 package for more details,
3354 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3363 \begin_layout Standard
3368 of paragraphs is described in section
3369 \begin_inset space ~
3373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3375 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3382 \begin_layout Subsection
3383 Paper Size and Orientation
3384 \begin_inset Index idx
3387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3388 Document ! Paper size
3394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3396 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3403 \begin_layout Standard
3404 You'll find the following options in the menu
3407 \begin_inset space ~
3412 of the dialog of the
3414 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3420 \begin_inset Index idx
3423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3432 \begin_layout Labeling
3433 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3437 \begin_inset space ~
3442 What size paper to print on.
3446 \begin_layout Itemize
3452 \begin_layout Itemize
3462 \begin_layout Itemize
3468 \begin_layout Itemize
3474 \begin_layout Itemize
3480 \begin_layout Itemize
3486 \begin_layout Itemize
3492 \begin_layout Labeling
3493 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3498 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3509 \begin_layout Labeling
3510 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3514 \begin_inset space ~
3519 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3520 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3523 \begin_layout Subsection
3525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3532 \begin_inset Index idx
3535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3542 \begin_inset Index idx
3545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3554 \begin_layout Standard
3555 Paper margins are set in the menu
3557 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3561 \begin_inset Index idx
3564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3573 \begin_layout Standard
3574 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3575 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3576 the paper format and the font size into account.
3579 \begin_layout Subsection
3583 \begin_layout Standard
3584 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3589 That includes the paragraph environments.
3590 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3591 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3592 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3593 paragraph environments to
3597 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3598 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3599 the conversion and why it failed.
3602 \begin_layout Section
3603 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3604 \begin_inset Index idx
3607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3608 Paragraph ! Indentation
3616 \begin_layout Subsection
3618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3620 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3627 \begin_layout Standard
3628 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3629 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3632 \begin_layout Standard
3633 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3634 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3635 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3636 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3640 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3646 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3647 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3648 language than English.
3649 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3652 \begin_layout Standard
3653 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3654 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3656 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3657 LyX takes care of that.
3658 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3660 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3661 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3662 of a page, and so on.
3666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3667 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3672 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3673 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3677 of these pre-coded spacings.
3678 We'll explain more later.
3681 \begin_layout Subsection
3682 Paragraph Separation
3683 \begin_inset Index idx
3686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3687 Paragraph ! Separation
3695 \begin_layout Standard
3696 To separate paragraphs, select
3707 \begin_inset space ~
3714 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3718 \begin_inset Index idx
3721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3727 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3728 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3729 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3732 \begin_layout Standard
3742 \begin_layout Standard
3743 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3744 \begin_inset space ~
3748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3750 reference "cap:Units"
3755 The default length is 30
3756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3762 \begin_layout Subsection
3766 \begin_layout Standard
3767 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3770 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3772 \begin_inset space ~
3777 dialog and toggle the
3780 \begin_inset space ~
3785 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3788 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3792 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3793 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3797 \begin_layout Standard
3798 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3799 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3802 \begin_layout Subsection
3804 \begin_inset Index idx
3807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3808 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3816 \begin_layout Standard
3819 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3823 \begin_inset Index idx
3826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3835 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3838 \begin_inset space ~
3847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3848 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3853 \begin_inset Index idx
3856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3857 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3862 installed to use this feature.
3870 \begin_layout Section
3871 Paragraph Environments
3872 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3874 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3879 \begin_inset Index idx
3882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3883 Paragraph ! Environments
3889 \begin_inset Index idx
3892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3893 Paragraph environments|(
3901 \begin_layout Subsection
3905 \begin_layout Standard
3906 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3909 \begin_layout Standard
3928 \begin_inset Newline newline
3931 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3932 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3933 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3942 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3945 \begin_layout Standard
3946 A paragraph environment is simply a
3947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3954 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3955 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3956 scheme, labels, and so on.
3957 Additionally, you can
3958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3965 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3966 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3967 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3968 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3969 days of typewriters.
3970 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3972 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3975 \begin_layout Standard
3976 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3977 \begin_inset Graphics
3978 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3984 at the left end of the toolbar.
3985 LyX will change the environment of the
3989 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3990 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3991 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3995 \begin_layout Standard
4004 create a new paragraph using the
4008 paragraph environment.
4010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4017 because if you are in one of these environments:
4020 \begin_layout Itemize
4026 \begin_layout Itemize
4032 \begin_layout Itemize
4038 \begin_layout Itemize
4044 \begin_layout Itemize
4050 \begin_layout Itemize
4056 \begin_layout Itemize
4062 \begin_layout Standard
4063 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4067 , rather than resetting it to
4072 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4073 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4074 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4075 \begin_inset space ~
4079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4081 reference "sec:Nesting"
4086 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4091 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4092 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4096 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4102 \begin_layout Subsection
4106 \begin_layout Standard
4107 The default paragraph environment is
4112 It creates a plain paragraph.
4113 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4114 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4115 this manual) are in the
4122 \begin_layout Standard
4123 You can nest a paragraph using the
4127 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4135 \begin_layout Subsection
4137 \begin_inset Index idx
4140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4149 \begin_layout Standard
4150 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4159 for thanks or contact information.
4160 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4161 page along with today's date.
4162 For other types of documents, the title
4163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4170 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4174 \begin_layout Standard
4175 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4189 Here's how you use them:
4192 \begin_layout Itemize
4193 Put the title of your document in the
4200 \begin_layout Itemize
4201 Put the author name in the
4208 \begin_layout Itemize
4209 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4210 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4216 Note that using this environment is optional.
4217 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4218 If you don't want any date, add the line
4219 \begin_inset Newline newline
4229 \begin_inset Newline newline
4232 to the preamble of your document (menu
4234 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4240 \begin_layout Standard
4241 You can use footnotes to insert
4242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4249 or contact information.
4252 \begin_layout Subsection
4254 \begin_inset Index idx
4257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4273 \begin_layout Standard
4274 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4275 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4280 \begin_inset Index idx
4283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4284 Section headings ! Numbered
4292 \begin_layout Standard
4293 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4297 \begin_layout Enumerate
4303 \begin_layout Enumerate
4309 \begin_layout Enumerate
4315 \begin_layout Enumerate
4321 \begin_layout Enumerate
4327 \begin_layout Enumerate
4333 \begin_layout Enumerate
4339 \begin_layout Standard
4340 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4341 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4342 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4345 \begin_layout Standard
4346 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4347 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4348 You group the book into chapters.
4349 LyX does similar grouping:
4352 \begin_layout Itemize
4357 is divided in either
4368 \begin_layout Itemize
4380 \begin_layout Itemize
4392 \begin_layout Itemize
4404 \begin_layout Itemize
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4428 \begin_layout Standard
4429 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4437 Not all document types use the
4441 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4446 is the top-level heading.
4454 \begin_layout Standard
4459 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4460 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4462 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4474 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4476 \begin_inset Index idx
4479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4480 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4488 \begin_layout Standard
4489 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4493 \begin_layout Enumerate
4499 \begin_layout Enumerate
4505 \begin_layout Enumerate
4511 \begin_layout Enumerate
4517 \begin_layout Enumerate
4523 \begin_layout Standard
4525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4532 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4533 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4534 table of contents, see section
4535 \begin_inset space ~
4539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4548 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4549 Changing the Numbering
4550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4552 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4559 \begin_layout Standard
4560 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4561 in the Table of Contents.
4562 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4564 Certain classes start with
4578 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4588 This is something you can change.
4591 \begin_layout Standard
4594 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4600 \begin_inset Index idx
4603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4614 \begin_inset space ~
4618 \begin_inset space ~
4623 you'll see two counters.
4628 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4630 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4634 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4635 Short Titles of Headings
4636 \begin_inset Index idx
4639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4640 Section headings ! Short titles
4649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4656 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4658 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4665 \begin_layout Standard
4666 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4667 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4668 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4669 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4672 \begin_layout Standard
4673 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4674 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4675 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4676 To specify a short title, use the menu
4678 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4680 \begin_inset space ~
4686 This will insert a box labeled
4687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4702 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4703 This also works for captions inside floats.
4706 \begin_layout Standard
4707 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4710 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4714 \begin_layout Standard
4715 The following information applies to all section headings:
4718 \begin_layout Itemize
4719 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4722 \begin_layout Itemize
4723 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4726 \begin_layout Itemize
4727 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4730 \begin_layout Itemize
4731 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4734 \begin_layout Subsection
4735 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4738 \begin_layout Standard
4739 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4753 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4754 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4755 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4756 the text they contain.
4757 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4765 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4768 \begin_layout Standard
4769 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4778 when you start a new paragraph.
4779 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4783 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4784 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4785 to change back to the
4789 environment yourself.
4792 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4802 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4809 \begin_inset Index idx
4812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4821 \begin_layout Standard
4822 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4823 time for the differences.
4832 are identical except for one difference:
4836 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4845 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4848 \begin_layout Standard
4849 Here's an example of the
4862 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4864 See – no indentation!
4868 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4869 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4870 the other paragraph.
4873 \begin_layout Standard
4874 Here's another example, this time in the
4881 \begin_layout Quotation
4887 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4888 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4889 the first line, then
4893 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4897 you were quoting other text.
4900 \begin_layout Quotation
4901 Here's a new paragraph.
4902 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4903 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4906 \begin_layout Standard
4907 As the examples show,
4911 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4912 They should put quotes in the
4917 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4921 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4924 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4930 \begin_inset Index idx
4933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4942 \begin_inset Index idx
4945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4961 \begin_layout Standard
4966 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4972 \begin_inset Newline newline
4975 Which I did not rehearse!
4979 It could be much worse.
4980 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4982 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4983 indented a bit more than the first.
4984 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4990 \begin_inset Newline newline
4993 And make things look fine
4994 \begin_inset Newline newline
5000 arg "newline-insert newline"
5006 \begin_layout Standard
5011 does not indent both margins.
5012 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5013 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5020 arg "newline-insert newline"
5026 \begin_layout Subsection
5028 \begin_inset Index idx
5031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5047 \begin_layout Standard
5048 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5058 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5067 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5068 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5069 some general features of all four of them.
5072 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5076 \begin_layout Standard
5077 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5079 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5088 reset the environment to
5092 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5093 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5094 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5098 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5101 to break paragraphs.
5104 \begin_layout Standard
5105 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5106 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5108 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5109 you read all of section
5110 \begin_inset space ~
5114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5116 reference "sec:Nesting"
5124 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5130 \begin_inset Index idx
5133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5149 \begin_layout Standard
5150 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5154 paragraph environment.
5155 It has the following properties:
5158 \begin_layout Itemize
5159 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5163 \begin_layout Itemize
5164 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5167 \begin_layout Itemize
5168 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5172 \begin_layout Itemize
5173 The items can have any length.
5174 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5175 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5182 \begin_layout Itemize
5187 environment inside another
5191 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5195 \begin_layout Itemize
5196 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5199 \begin_layout Itemize
5200 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5203 \begin_layout Itemize
5205 \begin_inset space ~
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5211 reference "sec:Nesting"
5215 for a full explanation of nesting.
5219 \begin_layout Standard
5220 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5229 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5232 \begin_layout Standard
5233 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5234 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5237 \begin_layout Itemize
5238 The label for the first level
5242 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5246 \begin_layout Itemize
5247 The label for the second level is a dash.
5251 \begin_layout Itemize
5252 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5256 \begin_layout Itemize
5257 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5261 \begin_layout Itemize
5262 Back out to the third level.
5266 \begin_layout Itemize
5267 Back to the second level.
5271 \begin_layout Itemize
5272 Back to the outermost level.
5275 \begin_layout Standard
5276 These are the default labels for an
5281 You can customize these labels in the
5283 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5286 dialog in the submenu
5293 \begin_inset Index idx
5296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5305 \begin_layout Standard
5306 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5307 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5309 \begin_inset space ~
5313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5315 reference "sec:Nesting"
5322 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5328 \begin_inset Index idx
5331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5340 name "sec:Enumerate"
5347 \begin_layout Standard
5352 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5353 It has these properties:
5356 \begin_layout Enumerate
5357 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5361 \begin_layout Enumerate
5362 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5366 \begin_layout Enumerate
5367 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5370 \begin_layout Enumerate
5375 environment resets the counter to one.
5378 \begin_layout Enumerate
5391 \begin_layout Enumerate
5392 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5393 Items can have any length.
5396 \begin_layout Enumerate
5397 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5400 \begin_layout Enumerate
5401 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5404 \begin_layout Enumerate
5405 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5409 \begin_layout Standard
5418 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5419 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5426 \begin_layout Enumerate
5427 The first level of an
5431 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5435 \begin_layout Enumerate
5436 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5440 \begin_layout Enumerate
5441 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5445 \begin_layout Enumerate
5446 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5449 \begin_layout Enumerate
5450 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5455 \begin_layout Enumerate
5456 Back to the third level
5460 \begin_layout Enumerate
5461 Back to the second level.
5465 \begin_layout Enumerate
5466 Back to the outermost level.
5469 \begin_layout Standard
5470 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5475 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5480 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5484 \begin_layout Standard
5485 There is more to nesting
5489 environments than we've stated here.
5490 You should read section
5491 \begin_inset space ~
5495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5497 reference "sec:Nesting"
5501 to learn more about nesting.
5504 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5510 \begin_inset Index idx
5513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5522 \begin_layout Standard
5523 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5527 list has no fixed label.
5528 Instead, LyX uses the first
5529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5536 of the first line as the label.
5540 \begin_layout Description
5541 Example: This is an example of the
5548 \begin_layout Standard
5549 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5553 \begin_layout Standard
5555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5562 it is meant that the first hit of the
5566 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5568 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5576 arg "space-insert protected"
5581 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5582 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5584 \begin_inset space ~
5590 \begin_inset space ~
5594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5596 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5600 for more info.) Here is an example:
5603 \begin_layout Description
5605 \begin_inset space ~
5608 Example: This one shows how to use a
5611 \begin_inset space ~
5623 \begin_layout Description
5624 Usage: You should use the
5628 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5629 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5631 It's not a good idea to use a
5635 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5636 You're better off using
5648 paragraphs into them.
5651 \begin_layout Description
5652 Nesting: You can nest
5656 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5660 \begin_layout Standard
5661 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5662 them from the first line.
5665 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5671 \begin_inset Index idx
5674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5683 \begin_layout Standard
5688 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5691 \begin_layout Standard
5692 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5700 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5705 environment is named
5717 \begin_layout Standard
5726 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5727 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5730 \begin_layout Labeling
5731 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5733 \begin_inset space ~
5736 labels LyX uses the first
5737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5744 of each line as the item label.
5749 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5750 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5751 blank as described above.
5754 \begin_layout Labeling
5755 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5756 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5757 the body of the item text.
5758 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5759 label width plus a little extra space.
5763 \begin_layout Labeling
5764 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5766 \begin_inset space ~
5769 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5771 If the label width is larger, the label
5772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5779 into the first line.
5780 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5781 margin of the rest of the item text.
5784 \begin_layout Labeling
5785 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5787 \begin_inset space ~
5790 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5795 environment have the same left margin.
5796 \begin_inset Newline newline
5799 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5802 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5804 \begin_inset space ~
5813 \begin_inset space ~
5818 determines the default label width.
5819 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5828 multiple times instead.
5829 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5838 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5841 \begin_inset space ~
5846 every time you alter a label in a
5851 \begin_inset Newline newline
5854 The predefined default width is the length of
5855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5864 \begin_inset Newline newline
5868 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5876 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5877 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5885 \begin_layout Standard
5890 environment the same way like the
5894 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5900 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5904 \begin_layout Standard
5909 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5911 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5913 \begin_inset space ~
5917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5919 reference "sec:Nesting"
5923 to learn about nesting.
5926 \begin_layout Standard
5927 There is yet another feature of the
5931 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5933 You can use additional
5937 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5942 are documented in section
5943 \begin_inset space ~
5947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5949 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5954 Here are some examples:
5955 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5961 \begin_layout Labeling
5962 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5963 Left The default for
5970 \begin_layout Labeling
5971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5972 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5979 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5982 \begin_layout Labeling
5983 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5984 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5988 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5995 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5998 \begin_layout Subsection
6000 \begin_inset Index idx
6003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6012 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6020 \begin_inset space ~
6028 \begin_layout Standard
6029 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6037 \begin_inset space ~
6043 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6044 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6045 In contrast, you can use the
6052 \begin_inset space ~
6057 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6058 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6062 \begin_layout Standard
6063 Of course, you're not limited to using
6070 \begin_inset space ~
6079 \begin_inset space ~
6084 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6085 some European academic papers.
6088 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6090 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6092 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6099 \begin_layout Standard
6104 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6105 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6109 \begin_inset space ~
6114 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6115 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6116 Here's an example of each:
6119 \begin_layout Right Address
6121 \begin_inset Newline newline
6125 \begin_inset Newline newline
6129 \begin_inset Newline newline
6132 When is it? What is today?
6135 \begin_layout Standard
6139 \begin_inset space ~
6145 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6146 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6147 Here's an example of the
6154 \begin_layout Address
6156 \begin_inset Newline newline
6159 Where do I send this
6160 \begin_inset Newline newline
6163 Your post office and country
6166 \begin_layout Standard
6167 As you can see, both
6174 \begin_inset space ~
6179 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6184 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6190 This makes sense, since
6198 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6199 Thus, you have to use
6206 arg "newline-insert newline"
6212 \begin_inset space ~
6215 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6217 \begin_inset space ~
6226 menu) to start a new line in an
6233 \begin_inset space ~
6241 \begin_layout Subsection
6245 \begin_layout Standard
6246 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6247 or list of references.
6248 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6251 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6255 \begin_inset Index idx
6258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6267 \begin_layout Standard
6272 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6273 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6274 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6275 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6279 in anything else or vice versa.
6285 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6286 The book document classes ignores the
6290 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6294 in a letter document class.
6297 \begin_layout Standard
6302 environment does several things for you.
6303 First, it puts the centered label
6304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6312 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6314 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6315 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6316 the subsequent text.
6317 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6318 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6321 \begin_layout Standard
6322 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6326 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6327 The new paragraph will still be in the
6332 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6333 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6336 \begin_layout Standard
6337 \begin_inset Float figure
6342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6344 \begin_inset Graphics
6345 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6353 \begin_inset Caption
6355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6358 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6379 \begin_layout Standard
6380 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6384 environment, but since this document is in the
6385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6392 class, we can't do this.
6393 We inserted it therefore as figure
6394 \begin_inset space ~
6398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6400 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6405 If you've never heard of an
6406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6413 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6416 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6422 \begin_inset Index idx
6425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6434 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6441 \begin_layout Standard
6446 environment is used to list references.
6447 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6448 only use it at the end of the document.
6453 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6456 \begin_layout Standard
6457 When you first open a
6461 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6477 depending on the document class.
6478 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6479 Each paragraph of the
6483 environment is a bibliography entry.
6488 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6489 Each new paragraph is still in the
6496 \begin_layout Standard
6497 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6498 by using a BibTeX database.
6499 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6500 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6501 \begin_inset space ~
6505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6507 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6514 \begin_layout Subsection
6518 \begin_inset Index idx
6521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6522 Paragraph ! LyX code
6528 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6537 \begin_layout Standard
6542 environment is another LyX extension.
6543 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6548 key as a fixed whitespace;
6552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6564 \begin_inset space ~
6569 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6574 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6575 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6578 arg "newline-insert newline"
6595 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6596 So, when you finish using the
6600 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6601 Also, you can nest the
6605 environment inside of others.
6608 \begin_layout Standard
6609 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6612 \begin_layout Itemize
6616 arg "newline-insert newline"
6619 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6620 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6624 \begin_inset space \space{}
6634 arg "newline-insert newline"
6640 \begin_layout Itemize
6644 arg "newline-insert newline"
6655 \begin_layout Itemize
6660 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6667 \begin_layout Itemize
6671 arg "space-insert protected"
6678 \begin_layout Itemize
6679 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6680 You must put at least one
6684 in any line you want blank.
6685 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6688 \begin_layout Itemize
6689 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6693 since that will insert
6698 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6701 arg "self-insert \""
6707 \begin_layout Standard
6711 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6715 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6719 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6723 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6727 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6728 printf("Hello World!
6733 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6737 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6741 \begin_layout Standard
6742 This is just the standard
6743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6754 \begin_layout Standard
6759 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6760 rc-files, and so on.
6761 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6762 as if you used a typewriter.
6763 \begin_inset Index idx
6766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6767 Paragraph environments|)
6775 \begin_layout Section
6776 Nesting Environments
6777 \begin_inset Index idx
6780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6781 Nesting ! Environments
6787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6796 \begin_layout Subsection
6800 \begin_layout Standard
6801 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6803 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6805 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6807 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6819 \begin_layout Enumerate
6823 \begin_layout Enumerate
6828 \begin_layout Enumerate
6832 \begin_layout Enumerate
6837 \begin_layout Enumerate
6841 \begin_layout Standard
6842 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6843 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6846 \begin_inset space ~
6850 \begin_inset space ~
6858 \begin_inset space ~
6862 \begin_inset space ~
6871 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6872 will tell you how far you are nested).
6873 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6874 \begin_inset Graphics
6875 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6880 \begin_inset Graphics
6881 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6885 or the convenient key bindings
6896 arg "depth-increment"
6902 arg "depth-decrement"
6905 to change the nesting level.
6906 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6907 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6911 \begin_layout Standard
6912 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6913 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6914 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6915 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6918 \begin_layout Standard
6919 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6920 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6922 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6925 \begin_layout Subsection
6926 What You Can and Can't Nest
6929 \begin_layout Standard
6930 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6931 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6934 \begin_layout Standard
6935 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6936 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6937 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6940 \begin_layout Itemize
6941 Completely unnestable
6944 \begin_layout Itemize
6945 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6949 \begin_layout Itemize
6950 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6954 \begin_layout Standard
6955 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6956 environments have them:
6959 \begin_layout Description
6960 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6961 Can't nest into them.
6965 \begin_layout Itemize
6971 \begin_layout Itemize
6977 \begin_layout Itemize
6983 \begin_layout Itemize
6989 \begin_layout Itemize
6996 \begin_layout Description
6998 \begin_inset space ~
7001 Nestable You can nest them.
7002 You can nest other things into them.
7006 \begin_layout Itemize
7012 \begin_layout Itemize
7018 \begin_layout Itemize
7024 \begin_layout Itemize
7030 \begin_layout Itemize
7036 \begin_layout Itemize
7042 \begin_layout Itemize
7048 \begin_layout Itemize
7055 \begin_layout Description
7056 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7057 You can't nest anything into them.
7061 \begin_layout Itemize
7067 \begin_layout Itemize
7073 \begin_layout Itemize
7079 \begin_layout Itemize
7085 \begin_layout Itemize
7091 \begin_layout Itemize
7097 \begin_layout Itemize
7103 \begin_layout Itemize
7109 \begin_layout Itemize
7115 \begin_layout Itemize
7121 \begin_layout Itemize
7127 \begin_layout Itemize
7133 \begin_layout Itemize
7139 \begin_layout Itemize
7143 \begin_inset space ~
7149 \begin_layout Itemize
7156 \begin_layout Standard
7157 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7165 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7174 \begin_inset space ~
7178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7182 \begin_inset space \space{}
7185 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7186 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7187 section headings violate this.
7195 \begin_layout Subsection
7196 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7197 \begin_inset Index idx
7200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7201 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7209 \begin_layout Standard
7210 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7211 affected by nesting anyhow.
7215 \begin_layout Itemize
7219 \begin_layout Itemize
7223 \begin_layout Itemize
7227 \begin_layout Standard
7229 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7237 Figures and tables in
7241 are not affected by this.
7246 Have a look at section
7247 \begin_inset space ~
7251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7253 reference "sec:Floats"
7257 for more information about
7264 \begin_layout Standard
7265 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7266 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7270 \begin_layout Standard
7271 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7279 of its own, it behaves just like a
7280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7287 paragraph environment.
7288 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7292 \begin_layout Standard
7293 Here's an example with a table:
7296 \begin_layout Enumerate
7301 \begin_layout Enumerate
7302 This is (a) and it's nested.
7306 \begin_layout Standard
7307 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7313 \begin_layout Standard
7315 \begin_inset Tabular
7316 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7317 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7318 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7319 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7403 \begin_layout Standard
7404 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7411 \begin_layout Enumerate
7413 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7417 \begin_layout Enumerate
7421 \begin_layout Standard
7422 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7425 \begin_layout Enumerate
7430 \begin_layout Enumerate
7431 This is (a) and it's nested.
7435 \begin_layout Standard
7436 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7442 \begin_layout Standard
7444 \begin_inset Tabular
7445 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7446 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7447 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7448 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7532 \begin_layout Standard
7533 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7539 \begin_layout Enumerate
7546 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7549 \begin_layout Enumerate
7553 \begin_layout Standard
7554 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7558 \begin_layout Standard
7559 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7561 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7564 \begin_layout Enumerate
7569 \begin_layout Enumerate
7570 This is (a) and it's nested.
7573 \begin_layout Standard
7574 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7580 \begin_layout Standard
7582 \begin_inset Tabular
7583 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7584 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7585 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7586 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7670 \begin_layout Standard
7671 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7677 \begin_layout Enumerate
7679 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7687 \begin_layout Enumerate
7691 \begin_layout Standard
7692 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7698 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7699 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7703 \begin_layout Subsection
7704 Usage and General Features
7707 \begin_layout Standard
7708 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7717 is the innermost possible depth.
7718 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7721 \begin_layout Enumerate
7722 level #1 – outermost
7726 \begin_layout Enumerate
7731 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 \begin_layout Enumerate
7741 \begin_layout Itemize
7746 \begin_layout Itemize
7755 \begin_layout Standard
7756 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7757 both of them in the example.
7758 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7768 For example, if we tried to nest another
7773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7780 , we would get errors.
7783 \begin_layout Subsection
7785 \begin_inset Index idx
7788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7797 \begin_layout Standard
7798 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7799 We have several examples of nested environments.
7800 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7804 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7805 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7808 \begin_layout Labeling
7809 \labelwidthstring MMM
7810 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7819 \begin_layout Labeling
7820 \labelwidthstring MMM
7821 #2-a This is level #2.
7822 We created it by using
7825 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7831 arg "depth-increment"
7838 \begin_layout Labeling
7839 \labelwidthstring MMM
7840 #3-a This is level #3.
7841 This time, we just hit
7848 arg "depth-increment"
7852 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7856 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7862 arg "depth-increment"
7869 \begin_layout Standard
7874 environment, nested inside of
7875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7883 So, it's at level #4.
7884 We did this by hitting
7887 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7893 arg "depth-increment"
7896 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7901 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
7917 \begin_layout Standard
7922 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7925 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7931 \begin_layout Labeling
7932 \labelwidthstring MMM
7933 #4-a This is level #4.
7937 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7940 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7945 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
7949 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7954 keep nesting things inside
7955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7966 \begin_layout Labeling
7967 \labelwidthstring MMM
7968 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7973 \begin_layout Labeling
7974 \labelwidthstring MMM
7975 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7976 and this is level #6.
7977 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7981 \begin_layout Labeling
7982 \labelwidthstring MMM
7983 #5-b Back to level #5.
7987 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7993 arg "depth-decrement"
8000 \begin_layout Labeling
8001 \labelwidthstring MMM
8005 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8011 arg "depth-decrement"
8014 , we're back at level #4.
8018 \begin_layout Labeling
8019 \labelwidthstring MMM
8020 #3-b Back to level #3.
8021 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8025 \begin_layout Labeling
8026 \labelwidthstring MMM
8027 #2-b Back to level #2.
8032 \begin_layout Labeling
8033 \labelwidthstring MMM
8034 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8035 After this sentence, we'll hit
8039 and change the paragraph environment back to
8046 \begin_layout Standard
8047 We could have also used the
8063 environment in place of the
8068 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8071 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8072 Example 2: Inheritance
8075 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8076 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8079 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8088 arg "depth-increment"
8091 , after which, we'll change to the
8099 \begin_layout Enumerate
8104 environment, at level #2.
8107 \begin_layout Enumerate
8108 Notice how the nested
8112 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8116 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8120 \begin_layout Standard
8121 We ended this example by hitting
8126 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8130 and reset the nesting depth by using
8133 arg "depth-decrement"
8139 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8140 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8153 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8161 \begin_layout Enumerate
8162 This is level #1, in an
8166 paragraph environment.
8167 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8171 \begin_layout Enumerate
8176 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8182 arg "depth-increment"
8186 Now, what happens if we nest an
8190 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8191 label be? An asterisk?
8195 \begin_layout Itemize
8205 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8206 So, its label is a bullet.
8207 (We got here by using
8210 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8216 arg "depth-increment"
8219 , then changing the environment to
8227 \begin_layout Itemize
8228 Here's level #4, produced using
8231 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8237 arg "depth-increment"
8241 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8246 \begin_layout Enumerate
8247 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8249 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8254 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8258 , because we are in the
8267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8286 \begin_layout Enumerate
8291 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8292 type of numbering does LyX use?
8295 \begin_layout Enumerate
8296 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8299 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8302 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8305 \begin_layout Enumerate
8309 arg "depth-decrement"
8312 to decrease the depth after the next
8315 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8322 \begin_layout Enumerate
8324 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8328 \begin_layout Enumerate
8330 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8331 numeral as the label.Why?
8334 \begin_layout Enumerate
8335 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8344 Notice, however, that LyX
8348 reset the counter for the label.
8352 \begin_layout Enumerate
8356 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8362 arg "depth-decrement"
8365 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8366 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8367 into the twofold-nested
8375 \begin_layout Enumerate
8376 The same thing happens if we do another
8379 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8385 arg "depth-decrement"
8388 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8391 \begin_layout Standard
8392 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8397 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8411 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8417 The same rule applies for the
8421 environment, as well.
8424 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8425 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8428 \begin_layout Enumerate
8429 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8430 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8431 same detail with how we did it.
8440 \begin_layout Standard
8448 arg "depth-increment"
8455 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8456 example in parentheses someplace.
8457 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8458 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8459 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8463 \begin_layout Enumerate
8468 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8473 Now we'll add verse.
8474 \begin_inset Newline newline
8477 It will get much worse.
8478 \begin_inset Newline newline
8488 arg "depth-increment"
8499 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8500 \begin_inset Newline newline
8503 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8504 \begin_inset Newline newline
8510 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8523 \begin_layout Standard
8524 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8530 \begin_layout Standard
8532 \begin_inset Tabular
8533 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8534 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8535 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8536 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8625 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8635 arg "depth-increment"
8641 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8651 arg "depth-decrement"
8658 \begin_layout Enumerate
8663 : level #1) This is another item.
8664 Note that selecting a
8668 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8669 3 times to put the table inside the
8677 \begin_layout Quotation
8678 We're now ending the
8682 list and changing to
8687 We're still at level #1.
8688 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8689 The next set of paragraphs is a
8690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8704 \begin_inset space ~
8709 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8713 for the letter body.
8717 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8720 to preserve the depth.
8721 Remember that you need to use
8724 arg "newline-insert newline"
8727 to create multiple lines inside the
8734 \begin_inset space ~
8744 \begin_layout Right Address
8746 \begin_inset Newline newline
8749 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8750 \begin_inset Newline newline
8756 \begin_layout Address
8758 \begin_inset space ~
8764 \begin_layout Quotation
8765 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8766 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8769 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8770 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8771 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8772 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8773 as soon as possible.
8774 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8777 \begin_layout Quotation
8778 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8779 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8780 with your order, along with payment.
8783 \begin_layout Quotation
8784 We thank you again for your patience.
8787 \begin_layout Address
8789 \begin_inset Newline newline
8796 \begin_layout Quotation
8797 That ends that example!
8800 \begin_layout Standard
8801 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8802 just a few keystrokes.
8803 We could have easily nested an
8824 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8827 \begin_layout Section
8828 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8829 \begin_inset Index idx
8832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8841 \begin_layout Standard
8842 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8843 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8844 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8845 be broken at the end of a line.
8846 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8850 \begin_layout Subsection
8852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8854 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8859 \begin_inset Index idx
8862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8871 \begin_layout Standard
8872 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8874 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8878 Further documentation is given in section
8879 \begin_inset Newline newline
8883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8885 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8893 \begin_layout Standard
8894 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8909 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8918 A protected space is set with
8920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8921 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8925 \begin_inset space ~
8935 arg "space-insert protected"
8941 \begin_layout Subsection
8943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8945 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8950 \begin_inset Index idx
8953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8954 Spacing ! Horizontal
8962 \begin_layout Standard
8963 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8966 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8970 The length units are listed in Appendix
8971 \begin_inset space ~
8975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8977 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8984 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8988 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8993 \begin_inset Index idx
8996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9005 \begin_layout Standard
9007 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9011 \begin_inset space \space{}
9014 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9015 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9016 \begin_inset space ~
9020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9022 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9027 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9028 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9031 arg "space-insert normal"
9037 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9041 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9046 \begin_inset Index idx
9049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9058 \begin_layout Standard
9060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9067 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9076 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9077 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9078 inside abbreviations:
9083 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9087 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9090 \begin_layout Standard
9091 or between values and units.
9092 Compare for example this:
9093 \begin_inset Newline newline
9097 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9101 \begin_inset Newline newline
9107 \begin_layout Standard
9108 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9110 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9111 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9113 \begin_inset space ~
9121 arg "space-insert thin"
9127 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9131 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9138 \begin_layout Standard
9139 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9142 \begin_layout Description
9144 \begin_inset space ~
9148 \begin_inset space ~
9152 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9156 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9160 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9163 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9166 \begin_layout Description
9168 \begin_inset space ~
9172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9176 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9180 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9184 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9188 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9191 em) space between the arrows.
9194 \begin_layout Description
9196 \begin_inset space ~
9200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9204 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9208 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9212 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9216 \begin_inset space ~
9220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9223 em) space between the arrows.
9226 \begin_layout Description
9228 \begin_inset space ~
9232 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9236 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9240 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9244 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9248 \begin_inset space ~
9252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9255 em) space between the arrows.
9258 \begin_layout Description
9260 \begin_inset space ~
9264 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9268 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9273 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9277 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9280 cm space between the arrows.
9283 \begin_layout Standard
9285 \begin_inset space ~
9289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9291 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9295 lists the different space sizes.
9298 \begin_layout Standard
9299 \begin_inset Float table
9304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9306 \begin_inset Caption
9308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9311 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9315 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9325 \begin_inset Tabular
9326 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9327 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9328 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9329 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9393 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9417 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9497 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9525 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9546 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9552 \begin_inset Index idx
9555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9564 \begin_layout Standard
9565 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9566 in a uniform fashion.
9567 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9568 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9569 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9570 equally between themselves.
9574 \begin_layout Standard
9575 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9580 This is on the left side
9581 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9584 This is on the right
9590 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9594 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9603 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9607 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9611 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9617 \begin_layout Standard
9618 That was an example in the
9624 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9628 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9632 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9635 is one in a standard paragraph.
9636 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9640 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9643 \begin_layout Standard
9644 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9647 \begin_inset space ~
9652 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9655 \begin_layout Standard
9657 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9661 \begin_inset space ~
9667 \begin_layout Standard
9669 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9673 \begin_inset space ~
9679 \begin_layout Standard
9681 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9685 \begin_inset space ~
9691 \begin_layout Standard
9693 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9697 \begin_inset space ~
9703 \begin_layout Standard
9705 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9709 \begin_inset space ~
9715 \begin_layout Standard
9717 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9721 \begin_inset space ~
9727 \begin_layout Standard
9728 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9736 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9740 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9741 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9742 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9746 option in the space dialog.
9754 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9756 \begin_inset Index idx
9759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9768 \begin_layout Standard
9769 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9771 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9775 \begin_inset space \space{}
9778 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9781 \begin_layout Standard
9782 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9785 What is correct English?:
9786 \begin_inset Newline newline
9790 \begin_inset Newline newline
9794 \begin_inset space ~
9797 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9798 \begin_inset Newline newline
9805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9816 \begin_inset Newline newline
9823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9834 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9840 \begin_layout Standard
9841 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9846 \begin_inset space ~
9850 \begin_inset space ~
9854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9858 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9876 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9880 for more information about TeX-Code.
9886 In our case write the command
9893 (note the space after
9894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9901 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9902 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9903 That is why it is named
9904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9916 There exists also the commands
9928 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9929 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9930 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9932 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9944 \begin_layout Subsection
9946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9948 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9953 \begin_inset Index idx
9956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9965 \begin_layout Standard
9966 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9968 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9969 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9971 \begin_inset space ~
9977 There you find the following sizes:
9980 \begin_layout Standard
9993 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
9998 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10000 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10004 \begin_inset Index idx
10007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10008 Document ! Settings
10013 for the paragraph separation.
10014 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10025 \begin_layout Standard
10031 \begin_inset Index idx
10034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10040 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10041 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10043 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10044 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10053 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10062 s are described in section
10063 \begin_inset space ~
10067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10069 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10078 If there are several
10082 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10083 You can therefore use
10087 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10090 \begin_layout Standard
10095 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10096 \begin_inset space ~
10100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10102 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10109 \begin_layout Standard
10110 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10120 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10121 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10133 \begin_layout Subsection
10134 Paragraph Alignment
10137 \begin_layout Standard
10138 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10140 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10144 There are five possibilities:
10147 \begin_layout Itemize
10155 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10161 \begin_layout Itemize
10169 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10175 \begin_layout Itemize
10183 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10189 \begin_layout Itemize
10197 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10203 \begin_layout Itemize
10211 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10217 \begin_layout Standard
10218 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10219 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10220 the left and right margins.
10221 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10224 \begin_layout Standard
10226 This paragraph is right aligned,
10229 \begin_layout Standard
10231 this one is centered,
10234 \begin_layout Standard
10236 this one is left aligned.
10239 \begin_layout Subsection
10241 \begin_inset Index idx
10244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10245 Page breaks ! Forced
10251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10253 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10260 \begin_layout Standard
10261 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10262 can force a page break where you want one.
10263 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10264 Only if you use a lot of
10268 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10271 \begin_layout Standard
10272 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10273 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10277 have to change the page breaking.
10280 \begin_layout Standard
10281 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10283 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10285 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10286 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10288 \begin_inset space ~
10294 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10297 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10299 \begin_inset space ~
10304 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10306 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10307 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10310 \begin_layout Standard
10311 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10312 at the top of a page.
10313 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10314 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10315 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10316 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10320 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10324 to learn more about
10331 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10335 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10340 \begin_inset Index idx
10343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10344 Page breaks ! Clear
10352 \begin_layout Standard
10353 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10354 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10355 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10356 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10357 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10360 \begin_layout Standard
10361 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10363 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10364 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10366 \begin_inset space ~
10372 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10375 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10377 \begin_inset space ~
10381 \begin_inset space ~
10386 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10387 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10390 \begin_layout Subsection
10392 \begin_inset Index idx
10395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10404 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10411 \begin_layout Standard
10412 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10414 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10416 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10417 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10419 \begin_inset space ~
10423 \begin_inset space ~
10431 arg "newline-insert newline"
10435 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10437 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10438 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10440 \begin_inset space ~
10444 \begin_inset space ~
10449 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10451 This is necessary to avoid
10452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10459 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10462 \begin_layout Standard
10463 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10464 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10465 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10466 set a line break, e.
10467 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10471 \begin_inset space \space{}
10474 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10475 \begin_inset space ~
10479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10481 reference "sec:Quote"
10486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10488 reference "sec:Verse"
10493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10495 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10502 \begin_layout Subsection
10504 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10506 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10511 \begin_inset Index idx
10514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10523 \begin_layout Standard
10528 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10529 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10531 \begin_inset space ~
10536 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10542 \begin_layout Section
10543 Characters and Symbols
10546 \begin_layout Standard
10547 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10548 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10549 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10553 \begin_inset space \space{}
10556 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10558 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10564 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10568 for information on how this is done.
10571 \begin_layout Standard
10572 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10577 dialog via the menu
10579 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10580 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10586 \begin_layout Standard
10587 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10595 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10596 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10597 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10605 \begin_layout Section
10606 Fonts and Text Styles
10607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10609 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10616 \begin_layout Subsection
10618 \begin_inset Index idx
10621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10630 \begin_layout Standard
10631 There are two types of fonts:
10634 \begin_layout Description
10636 \begin_inset space ~
10640 \begin_inset Index idx
10643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10649 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10650 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10654 characters) in the font.
10655 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10656 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10657 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10658 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10659 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10660 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10661 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10662 \begin_inset Newline newline
10665 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10666 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10667 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10668 sizes than at small ones.
10669 \begin_inset Newline newline
10683 \begin_inset space ~
10691 \begin_layout Description
10693 \begin_inset space ~
10697 \begin_inset Index idx
10700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10706 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10707 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10708 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10709 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10710 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10711 picture manipulation program.
10712 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10713 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10714 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10715 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10716 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10718 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10719 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10720 \begin_inset Newline newline
10723 Bitmap fonts are named
10726 \begin_inset space ~
10731 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10734 \begin_layout Standard
10735 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10736 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10737 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10738 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10739 use scalable fonts.
10742 \begin_layout Standard
10743 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10744 its document properties.
10747 \begin_layout Standard
10748 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10749 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10750 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10751 font to emphasize text, you use an
10752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10760 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10761 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10765 \begin_layout Subsection
10766 Document Font and Font size
10767 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10769 name "sub:Document-Font"
10774 \begin_inset Index idx
10777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10784 \begin_inset Index idx
10787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10796 \begin_layout Standard
10797 You can set the document fonts in the
10799 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10803 \begin_inset Index idx
10806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10807 Document ! Settings
10813 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10814 font shapes roman (serif),
10817 \begin_inset space ~
10829 \begin_layout Standard
10830 The possible options for the font include
10834 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10839 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10861 European Computer Modern
10864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10874 \begin_layout Standard
10883 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10884 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10889 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10892 \begin_inset space ~
10897 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10903 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10904 There are three ways to use one:
10907 \begin_layout Itemize
10908 One way is to use the
10918 Virtual means that it
10919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10930 -glyphs from other fonts.
10931 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10953 Loading the LaTeX-package
10958 \begin_inset Index idx
10961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10962 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10967 with the document preamble line
10968 \begin_inset Newline newline
10975 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10976 \begin_inset Newline newline
10981 will fix the guillemet problem.
10986 and that accented characters are not
10990 glyph, they are build of
10994 characters, the accent and the letter.
10995 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10999 fonts for words with accented characters.
11000 If you search for example for the French word
11001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11008 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11017 and not for the glyph
11018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11022 \begin_inset space ~
11026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11032 \begin_layout Itemize
11033 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11046 , consist of these three main font types
11049 \begin_inset space ~
11078 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11082 \begin_inset space ~
11089 as typewriter font.
11090 \begin_inset Newline newline
11093 The differences between roman,
11096 \begin_inset space ~
11105 fonts are explained in section
11106 \begin_inset space ~
11110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11112 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11117 \begin_inset Newline newline
11124 was originally designed for newspapers.
11125 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11126 into the small newspaper columns.
11131 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11134 \begin_layout Itemize
11135 The best solution is to use the
11144 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11148 as the default font.
11149 In most cases they look the same as
11157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11158 One difference is improved kerning for the
11171 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11182 \begin_layout Standard
11183 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11186 For the font size there are four possible values:
11203 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11206 \begin_layout Standard
11207 The font sizes are the
11212 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11213 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11214 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11217 \begin_inset space ~
11223 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11224 \begin_inset space ~
11228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11230 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11237 \begin_layout Standard
11242 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11243 a font to display the script characters.
11247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11248 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11253 So this has no effect for the document language
11269 \begin_layout Standard
11270 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11274 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11282 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11286 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11287 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11288 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11290 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11293 dialog, see section
11294 \begin_inset space ~
11298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11300 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11312 \begin_layout Subsection
11313 Using Different Character Styles
11314 \begin_inset Index idx
11317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11324 \begin_inset Index idx
11327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11336 \begin_layout Standard
11337 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11338 certain paragraph environments.
11339 LyX supports two character styles,
11348 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11352 \begin_layout Standard
11357 style, do one of the following:
11360 \begin_layout Itemize
11361 click on the toolbar button
11362 \begin_inset Graphics
11363 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11370 \begin_layout Itemize
11371 use the key binding
11380 \begin_layout Standard
11381 These commands are all toggles.
11386 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11389 \begin_layout Standard
11390 One typically uses the
11394 style for proper names.
11396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11403 is the original author of LyX.
11404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11410 \begin_layout Standard
11411 A more widely used character style is the
11416 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11423 \begin_layout Itemize
11424 clicking on the toolbar button
11425 \begin_inset Graphics
11426 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11433 \begin_layout Itemize
11434 using the keybindings
11443 \begin_layout Standard
11448 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11449 es use a different font.
11452 \begin_layout Standard
11453 We've been using the
11457 style all over the place in this document.
11458 Here's one more example:
11461 \begin_layout Quotation
11464 Don't overuse character styles!
11467 \begin_layout Standard
11468 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11469 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11470 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11471 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11475 \begin_layout Standard
11476 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11484 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11486 \begin_inset space ~
11494 \begin_layout Subsection
11495 Fine-Tuning with the
11500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11502 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11507 \begin_inset Index idx
11510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11519 \begin_layout Standard
11520 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11521 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11522 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11523 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11524 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11525 from ordinary dialog.
11528 \begin_layout Standard
11529 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11530 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11531 \begin_inset Newline newline
11534 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11535 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11538 \begin_layout Standard
11539 To use custom character styles, open the
11541 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11543 \begin_inset space ~
11549 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11550 font property which you can choose.
11551 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11554 \begin_inset space ~
11559 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11564 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11565 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11566 environments in a snap.
11569 \begin_layout Standard
11570 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11573 \begin_inset space ~
11585 \begin_layout Labeling
11586 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11600 The possible options are:
11604 \begin_layout Labeling
11605 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11610 This is the Roman font family.
11611 Normally a serif font.
11612 It's also the default family.
11622 \begin_layout Labeling
11623 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11627 \begin_inset space ~
11634 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11646 \begin_layout Labeling
11647 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11654 This is the Typewriter font family.
11660 arg "font-typewriter"
11669 \begin_layout Labeling
11670 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11675 This corresponds to the print weight.
11680 \begin_layout Labeling
11681 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11686 This is the Medium font series.
11687 It's also the default series.
11690 \begin_layout Labeling
11691 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11698 This is the Bold font series.
11711 \begin_layout Labeling
11712 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11717 As the name implies.
11722 \begin_layout Labeling
11723 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11728 This is the Upright font shape.
11729 It's also the default shape.
11732 \begin_layout Labeling
11733 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11747 s the Italic font shape
11753 \begin_layout Labeling
11754 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11761 This is the Slanted font shape
11763 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11766 \begin_layout Labeling
11767 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11771 \begin_inset space ~
11778 This is the Small caps font shape
11785 \begin_layout Labeling
11786 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11791 Alters the size of the font.
11792 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11793 nal to the document font size.
11794 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11795 what you want to do.
11800 \begin_layout Labeling
11801 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11822 arg "font-size tiny"
11828 \begin_layout Labeling
11829 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11850 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11856 \begin_layout Labeling
11857 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11878 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11884 \begin_layout Labeling
11885 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11906 arg "font-size small"
11912 \begin_layout Labeling
11913 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11927 It's also the default size.
11931 arg "font-size normal"
11937 \begin_layout Labeling
11938 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11959 arg "font-size large"
11965 \begin_layout Labeling
11966 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11987 arg "font-size larger"
11993 \begin_layout Labeling
11994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12015 arg "font-size largest"
12021 \begin_layout Labeling
12022 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12043 arg "font-size huge"
12049 \begin_layout Labeling
12050 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12071 arg "font-size giant"
12078 \begin_layout Standard
12083 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12084 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12085 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12086 — use that instead.
12087 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12090 \begin_layout Labeling
12091 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12096 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12101 \begin_layout Labeling
12102 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12109 This is text with emphasize on
12112 This might seem like the same as
12116 , but it is actually a bit different.
12122 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12124 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12127 \begin_layout Labeling
12128 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12135 This is text with Underbar on.
12141 arg "font-underline"
12147 \begin_inset Newline newline
12152 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12153 when you couldn't change fonts.
12154 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12155 It's only included in LyX because some people
12159 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12162 \begin_layout Labeling
12163 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12170 This is text with Noun on.
12177 , this is a logical attribute.
12178 Normally it's equivalent to
12181 \begin_inset space ~
12190 \begin_layout Labeling
12191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12196 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12197 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12201 \begin_inset space ~
12206 , which is the default
12207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12214 and means normally black, you can choose between
12247 \begin_inset Index idx
12250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12259 \begin_layout Labeling
12260 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12265 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12266 the language of the document.
12267 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12271 \begin_layout Standard
12272 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12273 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12275 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12277 \begin_inset space ~
12282 dialog, the settings are saved.
12283 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12284 \begin_inset Graphics
12285 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12290 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12291 when the dialog isn't visible.
12295 \begin_layout Standard
12296 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12303 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12304 (suppose you just set the shape to
12305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12323 \begin_inset space ~
12335 \begin_layout Standard
12336 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12344 \begin_inset space ~
12356 \begin_layout Itemize
12362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12369 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12387 \begin_inset Newline newline
12394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12419 \begin_inset Note Note
12422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12423 For more on phantoms see section
12424 \begin_inset space ~
12428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12430 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12440 \begin_inset Newline newline
12446 \begin_layout Itemize
12451 fonts use characters with serifs.
12452 These are the small
12453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12460 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12461 The following example will show the difference:
12462 \begin_inset Newline newline
12466 \begin_inset Newline newline
12471 text without serifs
12474 \begin_inset Newline newline
12477 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12478 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12485 \begin_layout Itemize
12491 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12492 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12495 \begin_layout Standard
12496 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12497 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12500 \begin_layout Section
12501 Printing and Previewing
12504 \begin_layout Subsection
12508 \begin_layout Standard
12509 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12510 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12511 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12512 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12513 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12515 Additional Features
12520 \begin_layout Standard
12521 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12522 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12523 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12524 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12525 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12526 This happens in two stages:
12529 \begin_layout Enumerate
12530 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12531 generating a file with the extension,
12532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12546 \begin_layout Enumerate
12547 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12551 file to produce printable output.
12555 \begin_layout Subsection
12556 Output file formats
12557 \begin_inset Index idx
12560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12569 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12576 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12578 \begin_inset Index idx
12581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12582 File formats ! ASCII
12590 \begin_layout Standard
12591 This file type has the extension
12592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12604 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12608 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12615 \begin_layout Standard
12616 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12618 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12619 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12625 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12627 \begin_inset Index idx
12630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12631 File formats ! LaTeX
12639 \begin_layout Standard
12640 This file type has the extension
12641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12652 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12654 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12655 it manually with console commands.
12656 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12657 you view or export your document.
12660 \begin_layout Standard
12661 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12663 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12664 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12681 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12683 \begin_inset Index idx
12686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12695 \begin_layout Standard
12696 This file type has the extension
12697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12717 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12718 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12719 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12723 \begin_layout Standard
12724 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12725 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12726 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12727 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12729 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12732 \begin_layout Standard
12733 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12735 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12736 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12742 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12744 \begin_inset Index idx
12747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12748 File formats ! PostScript
12756 \begin_layout Standard
12757 This file type has the extension
12758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12770 PostScript was developed by the company
12774 as a printer language.
12775 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12777 PostScript can be seen as a
12778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12781 programming language
12782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12785 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12790 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12796 \begin_inset Index idx
12799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12800 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12810 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12813 \begin_layout Standard
12814 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12818 Encapsulated PostScript
12819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12822 (EPS, file extension
12823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12835 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12836 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12838 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12841 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12842 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12845 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12846 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12847 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12848 EPS to avoid this problem.
12851 \begin_layout Standard
12852 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12854 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12855 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12861 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12863 \begin_inset Index idx
12866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12873 \begin_inset Index idx
12876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12885 \begin_layout Standard
12886 This file type has the extension
12887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12903 Portable Document Format
12904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12911 was derived from PostScript.
12912 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12921 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12922 looks exactly the same.
12925 \begin_layout Standard
12926 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12930 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12934 (JPG, file extension
12935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12962 Portable Network Graphics
12963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12966 (PNG, file extension
12967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12979 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12980 in the background to one of these formats.
12981 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12982 will slow down your workflow.
12983 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12986 \begin_layout Standard
12987 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12989 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12992 in three different ways:
12995 \begin_layout Description
12996 PDF This uses the program
13000 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13001 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13005 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13006 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13009 \begin_layout Description
13011 \begin_inset space ~
13014 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13018 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13022 \begin_layout Description
13024 \begin_inset space ~
13027 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13031 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13034 \begin_layout Standard
13035 We recommend to use
13038 \begin_inset space ~
13047 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13048 works without problems.
13053 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13056 \begin_layout Subsection
13058 \begin_inset Index idx
13061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13070 \begin_layout Standard
13071 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13072 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13076 and choose a file type.
13077 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13080 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13083 you can use the toolbar button
13084 \begin_inset Graphics
13085 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13092 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13097 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13099 \begin_inset space ~
13105 \begin_inset Graphics
13106 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13112 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13116 \begin_inset Graphics
13117 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13124 arg "buffer-view ps"
13130 \begin_layout Standard
13131 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13132 viewer window using the menu
13134 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13140 \begin_layout Standard
13141 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13143 To have a real output, export your document.
13146 \begin_layout Subsection
13147 Printing the File from within LyX
13148 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13150 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13157 \begin_layout Standard
13158 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13159 it directly from within LyX.
13160 To print a file, select the menu
13162 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13165 or click on the toolbar button
13166 \begin_inset Graphics
13167 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13172 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13173 This file is then processed by the program
13177 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13182 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13185 \begin_layout Standard
13186 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13187 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13188 printing one set to print on the other side.
13189 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13190 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13191 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13194 \begin_layout Standard
13195 You can set the parameters in the
13198 \begin_inset space ~
13206 \begin_layout Labeling
13207 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13212 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13217 Note that this printer name is for the program
13226 has to be configured for this printer name.
13227 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13228 \begin_inset space ~
13232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13234 reference "sub:Printer"
13243 The printer should understand PostScript.
13246 \begin_layout Labeling
13247 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13252 The name of a file to print to.
13253 The output will be a PostScript file.
13254 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13258 \begin_layout Section
13259 A few Words about Typography
13260 \begin_inset Index idx
13263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13272 \begin_layout Subsection
13274 \begin_inset Index idx
13277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13286 \begin_layout Standard
13288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13299 character comes in four lengths: the
13311 , and the minus sign:
13312 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13318 \begin_layout Standard
13319 \begin_inset Tabular
13320 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13321 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13322 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13323 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13324 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13325 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13354 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13394 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13419 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13421 \begin_inset space ~
13424 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13431 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13456 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13458 \begin_inset space ~
13461 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13482 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13516 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13522 \begin_layout Standard
13523 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13535 character multiple times in a row.
13536 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13537 the final output, but not in LyX.
13539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13569 \begin_layout Standard
13570 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13571 math mode and has a length of its own.
13572 Here are some examples of the
13573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13587 \begin_layout Enumerate
13588 line- and page-breaks
13589 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13599 \begin_layout Enumerate
13601 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13611 \begin_layout Enumerate
13612 Oh — there's a dash.
13613 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13623 \begin_layout Enumerate
13624 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13628 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13638 \begin_layout Subsection
13640 \begin_inset Index idx
13643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13650 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13652 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13659 \begin_layout Standard
13660 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13661 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13666 \begin_inset Index idx
13669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13670 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13675 following the rules of the document language
13679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13680 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13688 \begin_inset space ~
13692 \begin_inset space ~
13699 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13710 \begin_layout Standard
13711 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13716 font and with unusual constructs, like
13717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13725 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13726 This is done with the menu
13728 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13729 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13731 \begin_inset space ~
13737 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13738 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13741 \begin_layout Standard
13742 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13743 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13753 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13761 as hyphenation possibility.
13762 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13763 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13764 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13770 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13771 As LyX doesn't support
13777 , you have to use TeX Code.
13778 The result looks in LyX like:
13781 \begin_layout Standard
13782 \begin_inset Graphics
13783 filename clipart/mbox.png
13790 \begin_layout Standard
13791 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13792 \begin_inset space ~
13796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13798 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13805 \begin_layout Subsection
13807 \begin_inset Index idx
13810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13819 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13820 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13821 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13823 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13830 \begin_layout Standard
13831 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13832 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13833 LaTeX then adds the
13834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13837 appropriate amount of space
13838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13842 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13844 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13847 \begin_layout Standard
13848 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13849 not work in all cases.
13851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13862 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13863 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13866 \begin_layout Standard
13867 Here are some examples of
13871 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13874 \begin_layout Itemize
13879 \begin_layout Itemize
13884 \begin_layout Standard
13885 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13888 \begin_layout Itemize
13890 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13894 this is too much space!
13897 \begin_layout Itemize
13902 \begin_layout Standard
13903 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13906 \begin_layout Standard
13907 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13910 \begin_layout Enumerate
13914 \begin_inset space ~
13919 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13920 \begin_inset space ~
13924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13926 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13931 \begin_inset Index idx
13934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13935 Spaces ! inter-word
13943 \begin_layout Enumerate
13947 \begin_inset space ~
13952 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13953 \begin_inset space ~
13957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13959 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13964 \begin_inset Index idx
13967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13976 \begin_layout Enumerate
13980 \begin_inset space ~
13984 \begin_inset space ~
13988 \begin_inset space ~
13995 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13997 \begin_inset space ~
14002 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14003 This function is also bound to
14006 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14012 \begin_layout Standard
14013 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14016 \begin_layout Itemize
14018 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14022 \begin_inset space \space{}
14025 this is too much space!
14028 \begin_layout Itemize
14029 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14033 \begin_layout Standard
14034 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14035 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14036 will take care of this.
14039 \begin_layout Standard
14040 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14044 \begin_inset space ~
14049 feature described in section
14055 Additional Features
14060 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14062 \begin_inset Index idx
14065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14066 Typography ! Quotes
14072 \begin_inset Index idx
14075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14106 \begin_layout Standard
14107 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14108 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14109 and use a closing quote at the end.
14111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14119 The keyboard character,
14123 , generates this automatically.
14126 \begin_layout Standard
14127 You can change the behavior of the
14131 key using the submenu
14137 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14141 \begin_inset Index idx
14144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14145 Document ! Settings
14153 \begin_layout Standard
14154 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14159 There are six choices:
14162 \begin_layout Labeling
14163 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14175 Use quotes like this
14176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14184 \begin_inset Quotes els
14188 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14194 \begin_layout Labeling
14195 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14198 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14202 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14208 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14212 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14216 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14222 \begin_layout Labeling
14223 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14226 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14230 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14236 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14240 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14244 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14248 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14254 \begin_layout Labeling
14255 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14258 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14262 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14268 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14272 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14276 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14280 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14286 \begin_layout Labeling
14287 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14290 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14294 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14300 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14304 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14308 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14312 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14318 \begin_layout Labeling
14319 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14322 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14326 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14332 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14336 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14340 \begin_inset Quotes als
14344 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14350 \begin_layout Standard
14351 These settings affect what character the
14358 \begin_layout Subsection
14360 \begin_inset Index idx
14363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14364 Typography ! Ligatures
14370 \begin_inset Index idx
14373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14404 name "sub:Ligatures"
14411 \begin_layout Standard
14412 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14413 print them as single characters.
14414 These groups are known as
14419 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14421 Here are the standard ligatures:
14424 \begin_layout Itemize
14428 \begin_layout Itemize
14432 \begin_layout Itemize
14436 \begin_layout Itemize
14440 \begin_layout Itemize
14444 \begin_layout Standard
14445 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14448 \begin_layout Standard
14449 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14450 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14458 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14474 To break a ligature, use
14476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14477 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14479 \begin_inset space ~
14486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14497 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14514 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14522 \begin_layout Subsection
14524 \begin_inset Index idx
14527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14536 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14543 \begin_layout Standard
14544 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14545 characters in different sizes and heights.
14546 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14547 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14567 \begin_inset Note Note
14570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14571 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14579 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14580 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14585 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14589 \begin_layout Description
14590 LyX The name of the game, write
14591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14612 \begin_layout Description
14613 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14635 \begin_layout Description
14636 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14658 \begin_layout Description
14659 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14681 \begin_layout Standard
14682 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14687 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14695 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14696 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14697 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14700 : The actual version is
14701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14708 , the previous one was
14709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14719 \begin_layout Standard
14720 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14721 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14725 \begin_inset space \space{}
14728 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14730 This will look in LyX like:
14731 \begin_inset Graphics
14732 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14738 \begin_inset Newline newline
14741 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14742 \begin_inset space ~
14746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14748 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14755 \begin_layout Subsection
14757 \begin_inset Index idx
14760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14769 \begin_layout Standard
14770 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14771 space between two words.
14772 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14782 for units use the menu
14784 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14785 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14787 \begin_inset space ~
14795 arg "space-insert thin"
14801 \begin_layout Standard
14802 Here's an example to show the differences:
14805 \begin_layout Standard
14806 \begin_inset Tabular
14807 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14808 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14809 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14810 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14817 \begin_inset space ~
14821 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14833 space between number and unit
14840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14845 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14849 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14861 half space between number and unit
14874 \begin_layout Subsection
14876 \begin_inset Index idx
14879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14880 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14888 \begin_layout Standard
14889 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14891 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14892 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14893 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14894 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14895 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14896 These bits of text became known as
14907 \begin_layout Standard
14908 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14909 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14910 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14911 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14912 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14913 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14914 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14917 \begin_layout Standard
14918 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14919 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14920 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14921 \begin_inset space ~
14925 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14927 key "latexcompanion"
14932 \begin_inset space ~
14936 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14942 ] may have more information.
14943 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14946 \begin_layout Chapter
14947 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14950 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14957 \begin_layout Standard
14958 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14963 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14966 \begin_layout Section
14968 \begin_inset Index idx
14971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14987 \begin_layout Standard
14988 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14991 \begin_layout Description
14993 \begin_inset space ~
14996 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14997 \begin_inset Newline newline
15001 \begin_inset Note Note
15004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15005 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15013 \begin_layout Description
15014 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15015 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15017 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15018 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15019 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15022 \begin_inset Newline newline
15026 \begin_inset Note Comment
15029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15030 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15038 \begin_layout Description
15040 \begin_inset space ~
15043 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15044 \begin_inset Newline newline
15048 \begin_inset Newline newline
15052 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15061 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15062 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15063 How this can be done is explained in the
15072 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15078 \begin_inset Newline newline
15082 \begin_inset Newline newline
15085 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15086 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15089 \begin_layout Standard
15090 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15091 \begin_inset Graphics
15092 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15094 scaleBeforeRotation
15100 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15104 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15107 \begin_layout Section
15109 \begin_inset Index idx
15112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15119 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15121 name "sec:Footnotes"
15128 \begin_layout Standard
15129 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15132 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15135 or the toolbar button
15136 \begin_inset Graphics
15137 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15150 \begin_inset Graphics
15151 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15160 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15189 label, the box will
15193 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15194 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15207 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15223 \begin_layout Standard
15224 Here's an example footnote:
15232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15233 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15241 \begin_layout Standard
15242 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15243 position where the footnote box is placed.
15244 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15245 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15246 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15247 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15248 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15253 ey are described in the
15260 \begin_layout Section
15262 \begin_inset Index idx
15265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15274 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15281 \begin_layout Standard
15282 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15283 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15285 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15287 \begin_inset space ~
15292 or the toolbar button
15293 \begin_inset Graphics
15294 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15321 appearing within your text.
15322 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15331 \begin_layout Standard
15332 At the side is an example marginal note.
15336 \begin_inset Marginal
15339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15340 This is a marginal note.
15348 \begin_layout Standard
15349 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15350 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15351 pages, right on odd pages.
15354 \begin_layout Section
15355 Graphics and Images
15356 \begin_inset Index idx
15359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15366 \begin_inset Index idx
15369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15378 name "sec:Graphics"
15385 \begin_layout Standard
15386 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15387 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15388 \begin_inset Graphics
15389 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15399 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15402 \begin_layout Standard
15403 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15408 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15409 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15411 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15412 \begin_inset space ~
15416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15418 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15425 \begin_layout Standard
15430 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15431 of the image in the output.
15432 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15436 \begin_inset space ~
15440 \begin_inset space ~
15449 \begin_inset space ~
15453 \begin_inset space ~
15457 \begin_inset space ~
15462 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15463 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15471 \begin_layout Standard
15474 LaTeX and LyX options
15476 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15477 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15481 \begin_inset space ~
15486 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15487 with the image size is printed.
15491 \begin_inset space ~
15495 \begin_inset space ~
15499 \begin_inset space ~
15504 is explained in the
15515 \begin_layout Standard
15516 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15517 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15519 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15523 \begin_layout Standard
15525 \begin_inset Graphics
15526 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15528 rotateOrigin center
15535 \begin_layout Standard
15536 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15537 the image into a float, see section
15538 \begin_inset space ~
15542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15544 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15551 \begin_layout Subsection
15553 \begin_inset Index idx
15556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15565 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15572 \begin_layout Standard
15573 You can insert images in any known file format.
15574 But as we explained in section
15575 \begin_inset space ~
15579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15581 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15585 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15586 LyX uses therefore the program
15590 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15591 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15592 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15593 \begin_inset space ~
15597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15599 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15606 \begin_layout Standard
15607 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15610 \begin_layout Description
15612 \begin_inset space ~
15615 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15616 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15617 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15621 Graphics Interchange Format
15622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15625 (GIF, file extension
15626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15638 \begin_inset Index idx
15641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15673 Portable Network Graphics
15674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15677 (PNG, file extension
15678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15690 \begin_inset Index idx
15693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15725 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15729 (JPG, file extension
15730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15754 \begin_inset Index idx
15757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15788 \begin_layout Description
15790 \begin_inset space ~
15793 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15795 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15796 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15797 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15798 \begin_inset Newline newline
15801 Scalable image formats can be
15802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15805 Scalable Vector Graphics
15806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15809 (SVG, file extension
15810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15822 \begin_inset Index idx
15825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15857 Encapsulated PostScript
15858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15861 (EPS, file extension
15862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15874 \begin_inset Index idx
15877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15909 Portable Document Format
15910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15913 (PDF, file extension
15914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15926 \begin_inset Index idx
15929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15936 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15937 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15938 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15944 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15952 \begin_layout Standard
15953 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15957 \begin_layout Subsection
15958 Grouping of Image Settings
15959 \begin_inset Index idx
15962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15963 Images ! Settings grouping
15971 \begin_layout Standard
15972 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15974 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15975 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15977 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15978 need to manually change each of them.
15982 \begin_layout Standard
15983 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15986 \begin_inset space ~
15991 field in the Graphics dialog.
15992 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15993 by checking the name of the desired group.
15996 \begin_layout Section
15998 \begin_inset Index idx
16001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16017 \begin_layout Standard
16018 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16019 \begin_inset Graphics
16020 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16027 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16031 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16032 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16033 from the rest of the table.
16034 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16035 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16037 Here's an example table:
16040 \begin_layout Standard
16042 \begin_inset Tabular
16043 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16044 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16045 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16046 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16047 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16048 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16248 \begin_layout Subsection
16252 \begin_layout Standard
16253 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16254 brings up the table dialog.
16255 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16256 where the cursor is placed currently.
16257 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16258 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16259 done on all of your selection.
16262 \begin_layout Standard
16263 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16266 \begin_inset space ~
16271 helps you in setting table properties.
16272 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16275 \begin_layout Standard
16279 \begin_inset space ~
16284 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16285 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16286 current cell respectively.
16287 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16289 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16290 of text, see section
16291 \begin_inset space ~
16295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16297 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16304 \begin_layout Standard
16305 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16311 This will merge the cells to
16315 cell, spread over more than one column.
16316 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16317 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16318 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16319 in the last row without the upper border:
16322 \begin_layout Standard
16324 \begin_inset Tabular
16325 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16326 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16327 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16328 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16329 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16330 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16341 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16350 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16426 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16461 \begin_layout Standard
16462 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16463 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16464 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16465 explained in the tables section of the
16468 \begin_inset space ~
16474 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16475 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16478 degrees counterclockwise.
16479 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16482 \begin_layout Standard
16483 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16491 Most DVI-viewers are
16495 able to display rotations.
16503 \begin_layout Standard
16508 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16513 adds lines for all cell borders.
16516 \begin_layout Subsection
16518 \begin_inset Index idx
16521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16522 Tables ! Longtables
16528 \begin_inset Index idx
16531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16540 \begin_layout Standard
16541 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16544 \begin_inset space ~
16548 \begin_inset space ~
16557 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16558 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16561 \begin_layout Description
16566 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16567 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16568 except for the first page, if
16571 \begin_inset space ~
16579 \begin_layout Description
16583 \begin_inset space ~
16588 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16589 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16592 \begin_layout Description
16597 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16598 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16599 except for the last page, if
16602 \begin_inset space ~
16610 \begin_layout Description
16614 \begin_inset space ~
16619 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16620 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16623 \begin_layout Description
16624 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16625 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16627 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16631 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16634 \begin_inset space ~
16642 \begin_layout Standard
16643 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16644 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16645 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16646 The others will then be defined as
16651 In this context, first means first in this order:
16654 \begin_inset space ~
16666 \begin_inset space ~
16672 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16675 \begin_layout Standard
16677 \begin_inset Tabular
16678 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16679 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16680 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16681 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16682 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16683 <row endfirsthead="true">
16684 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16690 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16695 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16704 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16714 <row endfirsthead="true">
16715 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16726 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16735 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16747 <row endhead="true">
16748 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16759 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16768 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16778 <row endhead="true">
16779 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16790 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16799 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16811 <row endfoot="true">
16812 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16823 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16832 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16863 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17804 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17822 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17957 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17988 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18112 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18174 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18205 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18236 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18267 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18422 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18453 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18484 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18515 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18546 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18577 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18608 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18670 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18701 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18732 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18763 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18793 <row endlastfoot="true">
18794 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18805 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18814 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18831 \begin_layout Subsection
18833 \begin_inset Index idx
18836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18845 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18852 \begin_layout Standard
18853 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18854 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18855 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18856 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18860 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18861 for the cell's paragraph.
18864 \begin_layout Standard
18865 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18866 for the column in the table dialog.
18867 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18868 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18872 \begin_layout Standard
18874 \begin_inset Tabular
18875 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18876 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18877 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18878 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18879 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18899 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18968 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19024 This is longer now.
19029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19080 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19081 This is longer now.
19086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19112 \begin_layout Standard
19113 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19114 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19119 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19120 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19126 Selection with the mouse or with
19130 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19131 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19132 the selection from outside the table.
19135 \begin_layout Section
19137 \begin_inset Index idx
19140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19147 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19156 \begin_layout Standard
19157 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19158 have a fixed location.
19160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19167 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19175 \begin_inset space ~
19180 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19181 too many notes on the page.
19184 \begin_layout Standard
19185 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19186 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19187 and pages without text.
19188 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19189 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19190 Floats are therefore numbered.
19191 Referencing is described in section
19192 \begin_inset space ~
19196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19198 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19205 \begin_layout Standard
19206 To insert a float, use the menu
19208 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19212 A box with a caption that has e.
19213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19217 \begin_inset space \space{}
19221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19225 \begin_inset space ~
19229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19232 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19233 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19235 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19236 \begin_inset Index idx
19239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19245 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19246 paragraph within the float.
19247 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19248 by left-clicking on the box label.
19249 A closed float box looks like this:
19250 \begin_inset Graphics
19251 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19256 – a gray button with a red label.
19259 \begin_layout Standard
19260 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19261 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19264 \begin_layout Subsection
19268 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19270 \begin_inset Index idx
19273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19274 Floats ! Figure floats
19280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19282 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19289 \begin_layout Standard
19292 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19293 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19296 inserts a float with the label
19297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19303 \begin_inset space ~
19309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19313 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19314 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19315 This is what we did for Figure
19316 \begin_inset space ~
19320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19322 reference "cap:Platypus"
19327 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19328 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19329 This was done in Figure
19330 \begin_inset space ~
19334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19336 reference "cap:Escher"
19343 \begin_layout Standard
19344 \begin_inset Float figure
19349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19351 \begin_inset Graphics
19352 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19354 rotateOrigin center
19361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19362 \begin_inset Caption
19364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19367 name "cap:Platypus"
19371 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19384 \begin_layout Standard
19385 \begin_inset Float figure
19390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19391 \begin_inset Caption
19393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19411 \begin_inset Graphics
19412 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19414 rotateOrigin center
19426 \begin_layout Standard
19427 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19429 As described in section
19430 \begin_inset space ~
19434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19436 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19440 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19445 and refer to it using the menu
19447 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19451 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19460 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19472 \begin_layout Standard
19473 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19474 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19475 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19476 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19478 \begin_inset space ~
19482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19484 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19488 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19489 You can also set the images one below the other.
19491 \begin_inset space ~
19495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19497 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19504 reference "fig:Platypus"
19508 are the subfigures.
19511 \begin_layout Standard
19512 \begin_inset Float figure
19517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19518 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19522 \begin_inset Float figure
19527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19528 \begin_inset Caption
19530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19533 name "fig:Undefinable"
19545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19546 \begin_inset Graphics
19547 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19558 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19562 \begin_inset Float figure
19567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19568 \begin_inset Caption
19570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19571 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19573 name "fig:Platypus"
19585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19586 \begin_inset Graphics
19587 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19599 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19606 \begin_inset Caption
19608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19609 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19611 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19615 Two distorted images.
19628 \begin_layout Standard
19629 Note that the caption is added to the
19632 \begin_inset space ~
19636 \begin_inset space ~
19641 as described in section
19642 \begin_inset space ~
19646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19648 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19655 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19657 \begin_inset Index idx
19660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19661 Floats ! Table floats
19669 \begin_layout Standard
19670 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19672 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19673 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19677 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19680 \begin_inset space ~
19684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19686 reference "cap:Table-float"
19690 is an example of a table float.
19693 \begin_layout Standard
19694 \begin_inset Float table
19699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19700 \begin_inset Caption
19702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19703 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19705 name "cap:Table-float"
19717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19719 \begin_inset Tabular
19720 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19721 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19722 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19723 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19724 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19851 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19872 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19875 \end{array}\right]$
19883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19896 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19917 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19919 \begin_inset Index idx
19922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19923 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19931 \begin_layout Standard
19932 This float type is inserted with the menu
19934 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19935 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19939 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19940 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19944 , described in section
19945 \begin_inset space ~
19949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19951 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19958 \begin_layout Standard
19959 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19967 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19973 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19976 \begin_layout Standard
19981 floatname{algorithm}{your
19982 \begin_inset space ~
19988 \begin_layout Standard
19989 to the document preamble (menu
19991 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19998 \begin_inset space ~
20004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20018 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20020 \begin_inset Index idx
20023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20024 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20032 \begin_layout Standard
20033 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20041 \begin_inset Graphics
20042 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20044 rotateOrigin center
20051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20052 \begin_inset Caption
20054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20057 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20061 This is a wrapped figure.
20062 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20075 This float type is used if you want to
20076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20083 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20085 It can be inserted using the menu
20087 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20088 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20090 \begin_inset space ~
20095 if the LaTeX-package
20100 \begin_inset Index idx
20103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20104 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20114 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20117 \begin_inset space ~
20127 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20130 \begin_inset space ~
20134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20136 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20140 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20141 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20149 Available units are explained in Appendix
20150 \begin_inset space ~
20154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20156 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20165 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20169 \begin_layout Standard
20170 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20178 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20179 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20183 \begin_inset space \space{}
20186 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20187 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20196 \begin_layout Itemize
20197 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20198 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20199 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20200 page breaks will appear.
20203 \begin_layout Itemize
20204 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20205 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20208 \begin_layout Itemize
20209 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20210 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20213 \begin_layout Itemize
20214 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20217 \begin_layout Subsection
20219 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20221 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20226 \begin_inset Index idx
20229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20238 \begin_layout Standard
20239 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20240 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20244 \begin_inset space ~
20252 \begin_layout Standard
20253 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20254 have a multi-column document).
20255 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20258 \begin_inset space ~
20264 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20265 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20272 \begin_layout Standard
20273 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20274 format is also the same: Table
20275 \begin_inset space ~
20279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20281 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20285 is an example of a rotated table float.
20288 \begin_layout Standard
20289 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20297 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20305 \begin_layout Standard
20306 \begin_inset Float table
20311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20312 \begin_inset Caption
20314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20317 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20331 \begin_inset Tabular
20332 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20333 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20334 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20335 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20336 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20337 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20338 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20398 \begin_layout Subsection
20400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20402 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20407 \begin_inset Index idx
20410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20419 \begin_layout Standard
20420 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20421 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20422 \begin_inset Newline newline
20428 \begin_inset space ~
20433 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20434 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20435 \begin_inset Newline newline
20441 \begin_inset space ~
20446 is used to rotate floats, see section
20447 \begin_inset space ~
20451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20453 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20460 \begin_layout Standard
20461 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20462 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20465 \begin_inset space ~
20469 \begin_inset space ~
20477 \begin_layout Description
20479 \begin_inset space ~
20483 \begin_inset space ~
20486 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20489 \begin_layout Description
20491 \begin_inset space ~
20495 \begin_inset space ~
20498 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20501 \begin_layout Description
20503 \begin_inset space ~
20507 \begin_inset space ~
20510 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20513 \begin_layout Description
20515 \begin_inset space ~
20519 \begin_inset space ~
20522 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20525 \begin_layout Standard
20526 The order of the above option is
20531 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20535 \begin_inset space ~
20539 \begin_inset space ~
20547 \begin_inset space ~
20551 \begin_inset space ~
20556 , and then the others.
20557 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20559 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20560 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20563 \begin_layout Standard
20564 By default, each option has its own rules:
20567 \begin_layout Standard
20571 \begin_inset space ~
20575 \begin_inset space ~
20580 only floats occupying less than 70
20581 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20584 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20587 \begin_layout Standard
20591 \begin_inset space ~
20595 \begin_inset space ~
20600 : only floats occupying less than 30
20601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20604 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20607 \begin_layout Standard
20611 \begin_inset space ~
20615 \begin_inset space ~
20620 : only if more than 50
20621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20624 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20628 \begin_layout Standard
20629 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20633 \begin_inset space ~
20637 \begin_inset space ~
20645 \begin_layout Standard
20646 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20647 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20648 For this case you can use the option
20651 \begin_inset space ~
20657 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20659 Because the float is then no longer able to
20660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20667 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20670 \begin_layout Standard
20671 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20672 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20675 \begin_layout Standard
20676 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20678 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20680 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20687 \begin_layout Section
20689 \begin_inset Index idx
20692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20701 name "sec:Minipages"
20708 \begin_layout Standard
20709 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20711 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20712 \begin_inset space ~
20719 \begin_layout Standard
20720 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20722 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20726 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20727 and its alignment within the page.
20730 \begin_layout Standard
20732 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20741 height_special "totalheight"
20744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20747 This is a minipage.
20748 The text is set in an italic style.
20751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20754 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20755 another formatting.
20763 \begin_layout Standard
20764 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20767 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20771 as described in section
20772 \begin_inset space ~
20776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20778 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20783 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20789 \begin_layout Standard
20790 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20799 height_special "totalheight"
20802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20803 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20804 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20810 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20814 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20823 height_special "totalheight"
20826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20827 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20828 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20836 \begin_layout Standard
20837 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20843 \begin_layout Standard
20844 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20845 to other box types.
20846 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20857 \begin_layout Chapter
20858 Mathematical Formulas
20859 \begin_inset Index idx
20862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20869 \begin_inset Index idx
20872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20901 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20903 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20910 \begin_layout Standard
20911 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20916 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20919 \begin_layout Section
20921 \begin_inset Index idx
20924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20933 \begin_layout Standard
20934 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20935 \begin_inset Graphics
20936 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20941 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20943 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20944 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20945 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20947 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20953 \begin_layout Standard
20954 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20958 \begin_inset space ~
20963 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20966 \begin_layout Standard
20967 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20968 line, like this one:
20971 \begin_layout Standard
20972 This is a line with an inline formula
20973 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20979 \begin_layout Standard
20980 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
20981 paragraph, like this one:
20982 \begin_inset Formula \[
20987 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20990 \begin_layout Standard
20991 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20993 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20997 \begin_inset space \space{}
21001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21014 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21015 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21019 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21022 \begin_inset space ~
21030 \begin_layout Subsection
21031 Navigating in Formulas
21032 \begin_inset Index idx
21035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21044 \begin_layout Standard
21045 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21046 achieved with the arrow keys.
21047 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21048 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21053 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21054 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21058 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21062 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21065 \end{array}\right]$
21073 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21078 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21079 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21082 \begin_layout Standard
21087 , printed in this document as
21088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21109 \begin_inset Note Note
21112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21113 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21114 space character (visible space).
21119 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21120 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21121 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21126 For example, if you want
21127 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21181 , since in the latter case only the
21184 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21189 will be under the square root sign:
21190 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21196 \begin_layout Standard
21197 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21199 \begin_inset Formula \[
21200 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21204 \end{array}\right)\]
21208 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21209 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21212 \begin_layout Subsection
21216 \begin_layout Standard
21217 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21218 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21222 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21223 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21224 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21225 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21226 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21229 \begin_layout Subsection
21230 Exponents and Subscripts
21231 \begin_inset Index idx
21234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21241 \begin_inset Index idx
21244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21253 \begin_layout Standard
21254 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21255 way is to use a command.
21257 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21260 , type in a formula
21266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21282 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21288 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21292 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21313 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21322 , you have to use an extra
21326 to separate the hat and the character.
21328 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21332 \begin_inset space \space{}
21336 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21357 Subscripts are similar: To get
21358 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21381 \begin_layout Subsection
21383 \begin_inset Index idx
21386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21395 \begin_layout Standard
21396 Create a fraction with either the command
21403 \begin_inset Graphics
21404 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21412 \begin_inset space ~
21418 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21419 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21420 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21425 To move back up, press
21430 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21431 \begin_inset Formula \[
21432 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21435 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21442 \begin_layout Subsection
21444 \begin_inset Index idx
21447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21456 \begin_layout Standard
21457 Roots can be created using the
21460 \begin_inset space ~
21466 \begin_inset Graphics
21467 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21490 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21496 produces always a square root.
21499 \begin_layout Subsection
21500 Operators with Limits
21501 \begin_inset Index idx
21504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21511 \begin_inset Index idx
21514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21523 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21530 \begin_layout Standard
21532 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21536 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21539 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21540 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21541 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21542 The sum operator will automatically place its
21543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21550 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21553 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21557 \begin_inset Formula \[
21558 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21562 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21566 \begin_layout Standard
21567 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21569 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21570 behind the operator and hitting
21578 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21579 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21581 \begin_inset space ~
21585 \begin_inset space ~
21593 \begin_layout Standard
21594 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21602 feature as addition, such as
21603 \begin_inset Index idx
21606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21613 \begin_inset Formula \[
21614 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21618 which will place the
21619 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21631 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21632 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21638 \begin_layout Standard
21639 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21646 Have a look at section
21647 \begin_inset space ~
21651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21653 reference "sub:Functions"
21657 for an explanation of function macros.
21660 \begin_layout Subsection
21662 \begin_inset Index idx
21665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21674 \begin_layout Standard
21675 Most math symbols can be found in the
21678 \begin_inset space ~
21683 under one of several categories; including
21700 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21704 \begin_layout Standard
21705 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21706 you don't have to use the
21709 \begin_inset space ~
21714 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21715 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21718 \begin_layout Subsection
21720 \begin_inset Index idx
21723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21732 \begin_layout Standard
21733 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21738 arg "space-insert protected"
21744 \begin_inset space ~
21750 \begin_inset Graphics
21751 filename ../images/math/space.png
21756 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21757 For example, the sequence
21762 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21766 \begin_inset Graphics
21767 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21772 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21773 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21774 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21775 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21777 Here are two examples:
21780 \begin_layout Standard
21790 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21796 \begin_layout Standard
21806 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21812 \begin_layout Subsection
21814 \begin_inset Index idx
21817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21826 name "sub:Functions"
21833 \begin_layout Standard
21837 \begin_inset space ~
21842 contains under the button
21843 \begin_inset Graphics
21844 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21848 a number of function macros, such as
21849 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21853 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21861 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21868 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21869 avoid confusions, because
21870 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21874 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
21880 \begin_layout Standard
21881 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21883 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21887 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21893 \begin_layout Standard
21894 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21895 s are placed, as described in section
21896 \begin_inset space ~
21900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21902 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21909 \begin_layout Subsection
21911 \begin_inset Index idx
21914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21923 \begin_layout Standard
21924 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21926 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21927 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21928 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21932 \begin_inset space \space{}
21936 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21939 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21940 Our example is entered by typing
21948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21961 \begin_inset space ~
21965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21967 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21971 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21974 \begin_layout Standard
21975 \begin_inset Float table
21980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21981 \begin_inset Caption
21983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21986 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21990 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22000 \begin_inset Tabular
22001 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22002 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22003 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22004 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22089 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22143 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22197 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22251 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22305 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22359 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22413 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22467 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22521 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22566 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22587 \begin_layout Standard
22588 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22591 \begin_inset space ~
22597 \begin_inset Graphics
22598 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22602 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22606 \begin_layout Section
22607 Brackets and Delimiters
22608 \begin_inset Index idx
22611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22618 \begin_inset Index idx
22621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22628 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22630 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22637 \begin_layout Standard
22638 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22639 For most purposes, using just the keys
22644 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22645 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22646 toolbar delimiter icon
22647 \begin_inset Graphics
22648 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22653 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22655 \begin_inset Formula \[
22656 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22659 \end{array}\right]\]
22663 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22664 \begin_inset Formula \[
22665 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22672 \begin_layout Standard
22673 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22674 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22677 \begin_layout Standard
22678 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22679 left side and right side.
22680 If you use the option
22683 \begin_inset space ~
22688 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22689 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22690 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22691 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22694 \begin_layout Standard
22695 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22696 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22697 inside the brackets.
22698 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22703 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22706 \begin_layout Section
22707 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22708 \begin_inset Index idx
22711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22718 \begin_inset Index idx
22721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22728 \begin_inset Index idx
22731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22732 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22740 \begin_layout Standard
22741 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22744 \begin_inset space ~
22750 \begin_inset Graphics
22751 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22756 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22757 Here is an example:
22758 \begin_inset Formula \[
22759 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22763 \end{array}\right)\]
22767 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22768 \begin_inset space ~
22772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22774 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22779 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22780 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22781 This alignment is set in the box
22786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22834 for every column as default.
22835 For example, the sequence
22836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22847 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22848 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22849 corresponds to the relevant column.
22850 The result will look like this:
22851 \begin_inset Formula \[
22853 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22854 column & has & has\, right\\
22855 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
22863 \begin_layout Standard
22864 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22867 arg "newline-insert newline"
22870 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22871 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22873 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22876 or the math toolbar.
22879 \begin_layout Standard
22880 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22881 It can be created with the menu
22883 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22884 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22886 \begin_inset space ~
22898 Here is an example:
22899 \begin_inset Formula \[
22911 \begin_layout Standard
22912 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22915 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22918 arg "newline-insert newline"
22922 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22927 arg "newline-insert newline"
22930 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22938 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22939 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22940 A new row is created by every further hit of
22943 arg "newline-insert newline"
22947 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22948 Here is an example:
22949 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22950 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22951 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
22956 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22957 where you want to start the shift and hit
22962 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22963 position to the next column.
22964 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22965 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22966 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22967 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22974 \begin_layout Standard
22975 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22982 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22983 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22986 reference "eq:asquared"
22991 The other types are described in section
22992 \begin_inset space ~
22996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22998 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23005 \begin_layout Section
23006 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23007 \begin_inset Index idx
23010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23011 Math ! Formula numbering
23017 \begin_inset Index idx
23020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23021 Math ! Referencing formulas
23027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23029 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23036 \begin_layout Standard
23037 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23039 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23040 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23042 \begin_inset space ~
23050 arg "math-number-toggle"
23054 The formula number appears in LyX as
23055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23062 within parentheses.
23064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23071 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23073 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23074 the document class.
23075 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23076 separated by a dot:
23077 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23078 1+1=2\end{equation}
23085 arg "math-number-toggle"
23088 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23089 You can only number displayed formulas.
23092 \begin_layout Standard
23093 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23095 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23096 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23098 \begin_inset space ~
23102 \begin_inset space ~
23106 \begin_inset space ~
23114 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23117 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23118 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23120 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23126 To number all lines use the shortcut
23129 arg "math-number-toggle"
23135 \begin_layout Standard
23136 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23139 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23140 A label is inserted with the menu
23142 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23145 when the cursor is in the formula.
23146 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23147 It is recommended to use the proposed
23148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23159 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23160 type when you have many labels in your document.
23161 We inserted in the following example the label
23162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23169 in the second line:
23170 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23171 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23172 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23177 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23178 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23188 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23190 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23192 \begin_inset space ~
23198 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23199 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23200 as the formula number:
23203 \begin_layout Standard
23204 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23207 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23214 \begin_layout Standard
23215 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23216 \begin_inset space ~
23220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23222 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23227 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23230 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23233 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23238 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23246 \begin_layout Section
23247 User defined math macros
23248 \begin_inset Index idx
23251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23260 \begin_layout Standard
23261 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23262 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23263 Math macros are explained in section
23266 \begin_inset space ~
23278 \begin_layout Section
23282 \begin_layout Subsection
23284 \begin_inset Index idx
23287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23296 \begin_layout Standard
23297 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23298 To set a font in a formula, use the
23301 \begin_inset space ~
23307 \begin_inset Graphics
23308 filename ../images/math/font.png
23312 , or enter its command, listed in table
23313 \begin_inset space ~
23317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23319 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23326 \begin_layout Standard
23327 \begin_inset Float table
23332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23333 \begin_inset Caption
23335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23338 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23342 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23352 \begin_inset Tabular
23353 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23354 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23355 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23356 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23388 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23415 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23442 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23475 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23502 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23529 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23563 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23590 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23624 \begin_layout Standard
23625 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23633 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23649 \begin_layout Standard
23650 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23651 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23656 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23657 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23658 Here an example where
23659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23670 denotes the set of numbers:
23671 \begin_inset Formula \[
23672 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23679 \begin_layout Standard
23680 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23682 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23686 \begin_inset space \space{}
23698 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23702 \begin_inset Newline newline
23705 So it is better not to use this feature.
23708 \begin_layout Standard
23709 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23710 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23714 \begin_inset Newline newline
23717 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23723 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23724 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23730 \begin_layout Standard
23737 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23740 \begin_layout Standard
23741 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23743 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23744 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23746 \begin_inset space ~
23754 \begin_layout Subsection
23756 \begin_inset Index idx
23759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23768 \begin_layout Standard
23769 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23771 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23775 \begin_inset space ~
23779 \begin_inset space ~
23787 \begin_inset space ~
23793 \begin_inset Graphics
23794 filename ../images/math/font.png
23805 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23806 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23807 Here is an example:
23808 \begin_inset Formula \[
23810 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23811 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23819 \begin_layout Subsection
23821 \begin_inset Index idx
23824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23833 \begin_layout Standard
23834 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23835 automatically chosen in most situations.
23853 For most characters,
23861 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23862 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23867 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23868 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23870 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23871 \begin_inset Graphics
23872 filename ../images/math/style.png
23877 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23878 For example, you can set
23879 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23882 , which is normally in
23891 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23895 The four styles are used in the following example:
23898 \begin_layout Standard
23899 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23903 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23907 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23911 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23917 \begin_layout Standard
23918 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23919 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23921 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23923 \begin_inset space ~
23928 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23929 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23930 will be adjusted to correspond.
23931 As an example here is a formula in the font size
23932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23942 \begin_layout Standard
23946 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23952 \begin_layout Section
23956 \begin_layout Standard
23957 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23958 the document classes and into layout modules.
23959 \begin_inset Index idx
23962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23968 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23969 other than the AMS classes.
23971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23973 reference "sub:Modules"
23977 for more on layout modules.
23980 \begin_layout Section
23982 \begin_inset Index idx
23985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23992 \begin_inset Index idx
23995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24004 \begin_layout Standard
24005 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24006 (AMS) that are in common use.
24009 \begin_layout Subsection
24010 Enabling AMS-Support
24013 \begin_layout Standard
24014 Selecting the checkbox
24017 \begin_inset space ~
24021 \begin_inset space ~
24025 \begin_inset space ~
24032 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24036 \begin_inset Index idx
24039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24040 Document ! Settings
24048 \begin_inset space ~
24053 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24055 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24056 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24059 \begin_layout Subsection
24061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24063 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24068 \begin_inset Index idx
24071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24072 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24080 \begin_layout Standard
24081 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24082 LyX allows you to choose between
24103 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24106 \begin_layout Chapter
24110 \begin_layout Section
24112 \begin_inset Index idx
24115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24122 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24124 name "sec:Cross-References"
24131 \begin_layout Standard
24132 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24133 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24135 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24136 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24137 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24140 \begin_layout Enumerate
24144 \begin_layout Enumerate
24145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24147 name "enu:Second-item"
24154 \begin_layout Enumerate
24158 \begin_layout Standard
24159 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24161 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24164 or by pressing the toolbar button
24165 \begin_inset Graphics
24166 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24172 A grey label box like this:
24173 \begin_inset Graphics
24174 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24179 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24180 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24215 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24216 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24220 \begin_inset space \space{}
24223 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24238 \begin_layout Standard
24239 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24241 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24244 or the toolbar button
24245 \begin_inset Graphics
24246 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24252 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24253 \begin_inset Graphics
24254 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24259 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24261 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24274 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24278 \begin_layout Standard
24281 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24284 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24289 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24290 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24292 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24298 \begin_layout Standard
24299 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24300 \begin_inset space ~
24304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24306 reference "enu:Second-item"
24313 \begin_layout Standard
24314 It is recommended to use a protected space
24318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24319 described in section
24320 \begin_inset space ~
24324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24326 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24335 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24339 \begin_layout Standard
24340 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24343 \begin_layout Description
24344 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24347 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24354 \begin_layout Description
24355 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24356 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24368 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24375 \begin_layout Description
24376 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24377 \begin_inset space ~
24381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24382 LatexCommand pageref
24383 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24390 \begin_layout Description
24392 \begin_inset space ~
24396 \begin_inset space ~
24399 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24401 LatexCommand vpageref
24402 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24409 \begin_layout Description
24411 \begin_inset space ~
24415 \begin_inset space ~
24419 \begin_inset space ~
24422 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24426 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24433 \begin_layout Description
24435 \begin_inset space ~
24438 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24439 \begin_inset Newline newline
24443 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24451 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24456 \begin_inset Index idx
24459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24460 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24473 \begin_layout Standard
24474 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24475 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24481 \begin_inset space \space{}
24485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24499 \begin_layout Standard
24500 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24501 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24502 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24506 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24510 \begin_layout Standard
24511 You can only use the style
24515 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24519 is always possible.
24522 \begin_layout Standard
24523 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24524 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24525 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24526 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24527 \begin_inset space ~
24531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24533 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24540 \begin_layout Standard
24544 \begin_inset space ~
24548 \begin_inset space ~
24553 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24555 The button text changes then to
24558 \begin_inset space ~
24563 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24564 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24565 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24566 \begin_inset Graphics
24567 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24569 rotateOrigin center
24576 \begin_layout Standard
24577 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24578 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24579 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24582 \begin_layout Standard
24583 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24584 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24587 \begin_layout Standard
24588 References are described in detail in the
24595 \begin_layout Section
24596 Table of Contents and other Listings
24597 \begin_inset Index idx
24600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24607 \begin_inset Index idx
24610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24617 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24626 \begin_layout Subsection
24628 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24630 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24637 \begin_layout Standard
24638 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24640 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24641 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24643 \begin_inset space ~
24647 \begin_inset space ~
24653 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24654 If you click on it, the
24658 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24659 sections in your documents.
24660 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24662 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24665 that is described in sec.
24666 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24672 reference "sec:Navigating"
24679 \begin_layout Standard
24680 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24681 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24683 \begin_inset space ~
24687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24689 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24693 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24695 \begin_inset space ~
24699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24701 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24705 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24707 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24710 \begin_layout Subsection
24711 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24714 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24721 \begin_layout Standard
24722 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24723 You can insert them via the
24725 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24727 \begin_inset space ~
24731 \begin_inset space ~
24737 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24740 \begin_layout Section
24741 URLs and Hyperlinks
24742 \begin_inset Index idx
24745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24752 \begin_inset Index idx
24755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24764 \begin_layout Subsection
24766 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24775 \begin_layout Standard
24776 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24778 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24784 \begin_layout Standard
24785 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24786 \begin_inset Flex URL
24789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24799 \begin_layout Standard
24800 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24806 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24810 \begin_layout Standard
24811 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24819 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24827 \begin_layout Subsection
24829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24831 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24838 \begin_layout Standard
24839 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24841 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24844 or with the toolbar button
24845 \begin_inset Graphics
24846 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24847 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24852 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24861 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24862 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24863 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24865 name "LyX's homepage"
24866 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24870 , an Email address like this:
24871 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24873 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24874 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24879 , or a link to a file.
24882 \begin_layout Standard
24883 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24896 to the link target.
24899 \begin_layout Standard
24900 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24901 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24902 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24903 the text style dialog.
24904 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24908 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24910 name "LyX's homepage"
24911 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24918 \begin_layout Standard
24919 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24923 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24925 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24926 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24930 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24932 \begin_inset Newline newline
24940 \begin_inset Newline newline
24947 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24950 \begin_layout Section
24952 \begin_inset Index idx
24955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24964 name "sec:Appendices"
24971 \begin_layout Standard
24972 Appendices are created with the menu
24974 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24976 \begin_inset space ~
24980 \begin_inset space ~
24986 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24987 as the appendix region.
24988 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24991 \begin_layout Standard
24992 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24993 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24994 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24995 and the subsection number.
24996 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25000 \begin_layout Standard
25002 \begin_inset space ~
25006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25008 reference "cha:Credits"
25013 \begin_inset space ~
25017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25019 reference "sub:Export"
25026 \begin_layout Section
25028 \begin_inset Index idx
25031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25040 name "sec:Bibliography"
25047 \begin_layout Standard
25048 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25049 You can include a bibliography database,
25053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25054 Known under the name
25055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25067 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25068 manually, using the paragraph environment
25072 , which was described in section
25073 \begin_inset space ~
25077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25079 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25084 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25085 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25089 use a bibliography database.
25092 \begin_layout Subsection
25093 The Bibliography Environment
25096 \begin_layout Standard
25101 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25103 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25112 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25114 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25123 , a short form of its title, as key.
25126 \begin_layout Standard
25127 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25129 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25132 or the toolbar button
25133 \begin_inset Graphics
25134 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25135 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25140 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25141 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25142 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25143 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25147 \begin_layout Standard
25148 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25149 entry with surrounding brackets.
25154 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25155 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25167 \begin_layout Standard
25170 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25173 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25175 key "latexcompanion"
25182 \begin_layout Standard
25183 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25184 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25193 \begin_layout Subsection
25194 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25195 \begin_inset Index idx
25198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25199 Bibliography ! Databases
25205 \begin_inset Index idx
25208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25209 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25215 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25217 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25224 \begin_layout Standard
25225 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25231 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25233 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25234 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25239 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25241 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25242 your working field in a database.
25243 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25244 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25246 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25250 \begin_layout Standard
25251 The database is a text file with the file extension
25252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25263 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25264 The format is explained in
25265 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25271 and in LaTeX books (
25272 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25274 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25279 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25280 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25281 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25282 \begin_inset Flex URL
25285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25287 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25295 \begin_layout Standard
25296 To use a database, use the menu
25298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25303 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25316 \begin_inset space ~
25322 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25323 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25326 Add bibliography to TOC
25328 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25333 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25336 \begin_layout Standard
25337 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25349 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25350 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25351 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25353 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25359 For information how this is done, have a look at
25360 \begin_inset Newline newline
25364 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25366 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25378 \begin_layout Standard
25379 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25382 \begin_layout Standard
25383 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25384 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25387 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25415 \begin_inset space ~
25421 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25427 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25436 \begin_layout Standard
25437 When you select the option
25439 Sectioned bibliography
25443 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25446 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25447 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25449 Customizing Bibliographies
25457 Additional Features
25462 \begin_layout Standard
25463 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25464 the two methods of creating them.
25465 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25466 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25467 We used the style file
25471 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25474 \begin_layout Subsection
25475 Bibliography layout
25476 \begin_inset Index idx
25479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25480 Bibliography ! Layout
25488 \begin_layout Standard
25489 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25490 For this feature you need to enable the option
25496 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25500 \begin_inset Index idx
25503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25504 Document ! Settings
25514 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25515 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25516 in the previous section.
25519 \begin_layout Standard
25520 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25521 in the citation reference window.
25522 Here an example where we set the text
25523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25527 \begin_inset space ~
25531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25534 to appear after the reference:
25537 \begin_layout Standard
25539 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25542 key "latexcompanion"
25549 \begin_layout Section
25551 \begin_inset Index idx
25554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25561 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25570 \begin_layout Standard
25571 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25573 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25575 \begin_inset space ~
25580 or the toolbar button
25581 \begin_inset Graphics
25582 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25583 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25600 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25601 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25602 by LyX as the index entry.
25605 \begin_layout Standard
25606 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25607 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25609 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25611 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25618 \begin_layout Standard
25619 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25621 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25623 \begin_inset space ~
25627 \begin_inset space ~
25630 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25632 \begin_inset space ~
25638 A light blue box labeled
25639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25650 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25651 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25654 \begin_layout Subsection
25655 Grouping Index Entries
25656 \begin_inset Index idx
25659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25668 \begin_layout Standard
25669 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25671 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25672 lists under the entry
25673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25681 First we create the entry
25682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25690 \begin_inset space ~
25694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25696 reference "sub:Lists"
25701 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25702 \begin_inset space ~
25706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25708 reference "sec:Itemize"
25712 , we insert the command
25715 \begin_layout Standard
25721 \begin_layout Standard
25725 \begin_layout Standard
25731 \begin_layout Standard
25732 for the enumerated list in section
25733 \begin_inset space ~
25737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25739 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25746 \begin_layout Standard
25747 The exclamation mark
25748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25755 marks the grouping levels.
25756 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25757 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25758 If we don't have an index entry for
25759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25766 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25769 \begin_layout Subsection
25771 \begin_inset Index idx
25774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25775 Index ! Page ranges
25783 \begin_layout Standard
25784 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25786 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25787 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25789 \begin_inset space ~
25793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25795 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25802 \begin_layout Standard
25805 Paragraph environments|(
25808 \begin_layout Standard
25809 and another entry at the end of section
25810 \begin_inset space ~
25814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25816 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25823 \begin_layout Standard
25826 Paragraph environments|)
25829 \begin_layout Standard
25831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25854 respectively start and end the index range.
25855 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25856 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25857 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25858 An example is the index entry
25859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25862 Document ! Settings
25863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25869 \begin_layout Subsection
25871 \begin_inset Index idx
25874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25875 Index ! Cross referencing
25883 \begin_layout Standard
25884 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25885 We referred for example in the index entry
25886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25894 \begin_inset space ~
25898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25900 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25904 ) to the index entry
25905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25912 in the same section using the entry
25915 \begin_layout Standard
25918 GIF|see{Image formats}
25921 \begin_layout Standard
25922 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25923 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25924 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25927 \begin_layout Subsection
25929 \begin_inset Index idx
25932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25933 Index ! Entry order
25941 \begin_layout Standard
25942 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25943 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25944 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25949 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25951 \begin_inset space ~
25955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25957 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25966 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25967 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
25968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25992 \begin_inset Index idx
25995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25996 Dummy entries ! maïs
26002 \begin_inset Index idx
26005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26006 Dummy entries ! maître
26012 \begin_inset Index idx
26015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26016 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26021 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26022 order maïs, maison, maître.
26023 To achieve this, we use the command
26026 \begin_layout Standard
26029 previous entry@current entry
26032 \begin_layout Standard
26033 In our case we want to have
26034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26049 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26052 \begin_layout Standard
26058 \begin_layout Standard
26059 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26060 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26064 \begin_layout Standard
26065 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26071 \begin_layout Standard
26072 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26077 to generate the index (see sec.
26078 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26084 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26093 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26095 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26101 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26105 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26106 index commands start with
26107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26119 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26124 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26127 \begin_layout Standard
26139 \begin_layout Standard
26151 \begin_layout Subsection
26153 \begin_inset Index idx
26156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26157 Index ! Entry layout
26165 \begin_layout Standard
26166 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26167 \begin_inset Index idx
26170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26173 This is an italic dummy entry
26178 You can also format the page number using the character
26179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26186 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26187 We can write for example
26190 \begin_layout Standard
26193 italic page number:|textit
26196 \begin_layout Standard
26197 to get the page number in italic.
26198 \begin_inset Index idx
26201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26202 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26207 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26225 \begin_inset space ~
26231 Have a look at section
26232 \begin_inset space ~
26236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26238 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26242 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26245 \begin_layout Standard
26246 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26254 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26258 to generate the index, see sec.
26259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26265 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26274 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26275 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26277 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26280 key "latexcompanion"
26292 \begin_layout Standard
26293 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26295 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26296 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26297 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26298 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26299 If so, put the following in the preamble
26302 \begin_layout Standard
26314 \begin_layout Standard
26318 \begin_layout Standard
26324 \begin_layout Standard
26325 in the index entry.
26326 \begin_inset Index idx
26329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26330 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26335 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26336 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26337 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26340 \begin_layout Standard
26341 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26343 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26347 \begin_inset space \space{}
26350 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26351 for all index entries.
26352 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26364 documentation for details,
26365 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26367 key "makeindex,xindy"
26374 \begin_layout Subsection
26376 \begin_inset Index idx
26379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26386 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26388 name "sub:Index-Program"
26395 \begin_layout Standard
26396 If the index entry program
26400 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26404 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26413 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26414 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26415 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26416 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26417 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26427 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26428 dialog, see section
26429 \begin_inset space ~
26433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26435 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26440 The available options are listed and explained in
26441 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26443 key "makeindex,xindy"
26448 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26452 \begin_layout Standard
26453 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26454 given document, you can define the programm and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26457 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26458 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26459 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26463 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26464 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26467 \begin_layout Subsection
26471 \begin_layout Standard
26472 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26473 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26481 next to the standard index.
26482 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26483 packages that add this feature.
26489 \begin_inset Index idx
26492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26493 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26498 package to generate multiple indexes.
26499 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26500 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26501 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26508 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26509 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26510 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26513 \begin_layout Standard
26514 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26516 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26517 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26518 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26525 Use multiple Indexes
26526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26530 Note that the list of
26531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26538 below already contains the standard index.
26539 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26540 also appear as a heading) to the
26541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26548 input field and press the
26549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26557 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26558 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26559 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26563 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26569 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26570 indexes in the LyX work area.
26573 \begin_layout Standard
26574 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26579 \begin_inset space ~
26583 \begin_inset space ~
26592 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26593 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26594 are some additional features:
26597 \begin_layout Itemize
26598 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26599 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26602 \begin_layout Itemize
26603 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26604 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26613 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26618 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26619 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26620 to the non-subindexes.
26623 \begin_layout Section
26624 Nomenclature / Glossary
26625 \begin_inset Index idx
26628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26635 \begin_inset Index idx
26638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26667 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26669 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26676 \begin_layout Standard
26677 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26678 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26682 \begin_layout Standard
26683 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26688 \begin_inset Index idx
26691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26692 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26698 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26699 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26705 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26708 \begin_layout Standard
26709 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26710 and then use the menu
26712 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26718 \begin_inset space ~
26723 or the toolbar button
26724 \begin_inset Graphics
26725 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26726 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26743 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26746 \begin_layout Standard
26747 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26748 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26749 The second is the description of the symbol.
26752 \begin_layout Standard
26753 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26761 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26769 \begin_layout Subsection
26770 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26771 \begin_inset Index idx
26774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26775 Nomenclature ! Layout
26783 \begin_layout Standard
26784 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26788 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26794 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26802 \begin_inset Newline newline
26810 \begin_inset Newline newline
26816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26823 character starts/ends the formula.
26824 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26836 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26846 \begin_layout Standard
26847 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26848 \begin_inset space ~
26852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26854 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26861 \begin_layout Standard
26865 \begin_inset space ~
26870 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26871 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26876 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26883 in this document is:
26884 \begin_inset Newline newline
26889 dummy entry for the character
26894 \begin_inset Newline newline
26906 \begin_inset space ~
26916 font use the command
26945 \begin_layout Subsection
26946 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26947 \begin_inset Index idx
26950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26951 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26959 \begin_layout Standard
26960 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26961 the symbol definition.
26962 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26963 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26966 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26967 LatexCommand nomenclature
26969 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26976 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26980 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26981 LatexCommand nomenclature
26984 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26989 They will be sorted by
26990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27016 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27019 will be sorted before the
27023 since the character
27024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27031 is considered in sorting.
27034 \begin_layout Standard
27035 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27038 \begin_inset space ~
27043 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27044 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27046 For the example given, you can insert
27050 in this field for the
27051 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27058 will be located before
27059 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27065 \begin_layout Standard
27066 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27071 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27080 \begin_layout Subsection
27081 Nomenclature Options
27082 \begin_inset Index idx
27085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27086 Nomenclature ! Options
27094 \begin_layout Standard
27099 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27100 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27103 \begin_layout Description
27104 refeq Appends the phrase
27105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27120 to every nomenclature entry, where
27126 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27129 \begin_layout Description
27130 refpage Appends the phrase
27131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27146 to every nomenclature entry, where
27152 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27155 \begin_layout Description
27156 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27159 \begin_layout Standard
27160 There are furthermore the options
27204 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27208 \begin_layout Standard
27209 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27210 class options list in the
27212 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27216 In this document the option
27223 \begin_layout Standard
27224 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27230 \begin_layout Standard
27231 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27232 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27237 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27240 \begin_layout Description
27250 \begin_layout Description
27253 nomrefpage Like the
27260 \begin_layout Description
27263 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27272 \begin_layout Description
27276 \begin_inset space ~
27282 \begin_inset space ~
27287 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27290 \begin_layout Subsection
27291 Printing the Nomenclature
27292 \begin_inset Index idx
27295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27296 Nomenclature ! Printing
27304 \begin_layout Standard
27305 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27307 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27309 \begin_inset space ~
27313 \begin_inset space ~
27316 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27320 A light blue box labeled
27321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27332 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27333 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27336 \begin_layout Standard
27337 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27346 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27354 For example, in order to change the name to
27358 , add the following line to the preamble:
27361 \begin_layout Standard
27369 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27372 \begin_layout Standard
27373 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27379 \begin_layout Standard
27380 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27381 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27384 \begin_layout Standard
27392 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27395 \begin_layout Standard
27398 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27399 \begin_inset space ~
27403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27405 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27410 The default value is 1
27411 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27417 \begin_layout Subsection
27418 Nomenclature Program
27419 \begin_inset Index idx
27422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27423 Nomenclature ! Program
27429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27431 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27438 \begin_layout Standard
27439 LyX uses the program
27443 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27444 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27449 by adding options, see section
27450 \begin_inset space ~
27454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27456 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27461 The available options are listed and explained in
27462 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27464 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27471 \begin_layout Section
27473 \begin_inset Index idx
27476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27483 \begin_inset Index idx
27486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27487 Document ! Branches
27493 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27495 name "sec:Branches"
27502 \begin_layout Standard
27503 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27504 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27505 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27506 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27509 \begin_layout Standard
27510 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27511 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27512 To create a branch, go in the
27514 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27522 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27523 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27526 \begin_layout Standard
27527 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27528 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27530 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27533 where you can choose a branch.
27534 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27537 \begin_layout Standard
27538 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27539 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27542 \begin_layout Standard
27543 \begin_inset Branch Question
27546 \begin_layout Standard
27547 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27555 \begin_layout Standard
27556 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27559 \begin_layout Standard
27560 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27568 \begin_layout Standard
27569 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27575 \begin_layout Standard
27576 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27577 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27579 For example you can define for the question branch
27583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27584 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27585 \begin_inset space ~
27589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27591 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27603 \begin_layout Standard
27613 \begin_layout Standard
27623 \begin_layout Standard
27624 and for the answer branch
27627 \begin_layout Standard
27637 \begin_layout Standard
27647 \begin_layout Standard
27648 \begin_inset Branch Question
27651 \begin_layout Standard
27655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27683 \begin_layout Standard
27684 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27687 \begin_layout Standard
27691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27719 \begin_layout Standard
27720 Now it is possible to use the commands
27724 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27731 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27734 to obtain conditional output.
27735 Here is an example formula where only the
27742 \begin_inset Formula \[
27743 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27750 \begin_layout Standard
27751 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27759 \begin_layout Section
27761 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27763 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27768 \begin_inset Index idx
27771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27780 \begin_layout Standard
27785 dialog allows you in the
27789 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27790 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27795 \begin_inset Index idx
27798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27799 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27807 \begin_layout Standard
27812 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27813 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27814 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27816 You can specify in the dialog tab
27820 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27822 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27823 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27827 \begin_layout Standard
27832 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27833 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27834 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27836 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27837 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27839 \begin_inset space ~
27842 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27843 \begin_inset space ~
27846 1 will only display the sections.
27849 \begin_layout Standard
27850 The header information in the dialog tab
27854 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27855 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27856 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27860 \begin_inset space \space{}
27863 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27864 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27867 Automatic fill header
27869 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27870 title and author settings.
27873 \begin_layout Standard
27876 Load in fullscreen mode
27878 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27881 \begin_layout Standard
27882 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27883 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27889 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27890 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27899 \begin_layout Section
27900 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27901 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27903 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27910 \begin_layout Subsection
27912 \begin_inset Index idx
27915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27924 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27931 \begin_layout Standard
27932 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27933 constructs, but not all.
27934 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27935 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
27936 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27937 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27938 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27942 \begin_layout Standard
27943 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27945 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
27947 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27949 \begin_inset space ~
27954 or by the toolbar button
27955 \begin_inset Graphics
27956 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27961 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27965 \begin_layout Standard
27966 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27967 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27968 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
27975 , you can write the command part
27981 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27985 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27986 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27987 the following example:
27990 \begin_layout Standard
27991 \begin_inset Graphics
27992 filename clipart/ERT.png
28000 \begin_layout Standard
28004 \begin_layout Standard
28005 This is a line with a
28009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28032 \begin_layout Standard
28033 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28041 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28042 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28050 \begin_layout Subsection
28051 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28052 \begin_inset OptArg
28055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28062 \begin_inset Index idx
28065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28074 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28081 \begin_layout Standard
28082 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28083 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28084 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28093 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28094 any time if you know the right commands.
28096 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28100 \begin_inset space \space{}
28103 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28105 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28106 all caption labels bold.
28107 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28109 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28113 \begin_layout Standard
28114 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28115 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28116 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28118 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28127 \begin_layout Standard
28128 As result you know that the package
28133 \begin_inset Index idx
28136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28137 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28143 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28145 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28151 \begin_layout Standard
28156 usepackage[options]{package name}
28159 \begin_layout Standard
28160 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28161 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28162 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28165 \begin_layout Standard
28166 In your case the package name is
28171 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28176 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28177 So you add the command
28180 \begin_layout Standard
28185 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28188 \begin_layout Standard
28189 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28194 For more commands provided by the
28198 package, have a look at its documentation,
28199 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28213 \begin_layout Standard
28214 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28216 For example if you use a
28220 class, you don't need the package
28224 , you can instead write
28227 \begin_layout Standard
28232 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28237 \begin_layout Standard
28238 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28239 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28240 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28247 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28250 \begin_layout Standard
28251 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28252 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28254 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28255 the previous section.
28258 \begin_layout Standard
28259 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28261 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28263 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28271 \begin_layout Section
28272 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28275 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28280 \begin_inset Index idx
28283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28290 \begin_inset Index idx
28293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28302 \begin_layout Standard
28303 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28304 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28305 to break your train of thought with
28307 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28313 \begin_layout Standard
28314 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28315 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28320 \begin_inset Index idx
28323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28324 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28329 as explained below, and turn on
28332 \begin_inset space ~
28339 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28343 \begin_inset space ~
28347 \begin_inset space ~
28350 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28355 \begin_inset space ~
28360 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28363 \begin_layout Standard
28364 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28366 Previews of an already loaded document are
28370 generated just by selecting the
28373 \begin_inset space ~
28378 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28381 \begin_layout Standard
28382 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28383 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28386 \begin_inset space ~
28391 check box in the insert dialog.
28392 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28396 \begin_layout Standard
28397 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28401 (on some systems named simply
28406 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28408 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28414 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28415 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28423 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28427 \begin_layout Standard
28428 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28434 \begin_layout Standard
28435 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28439 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28441 \begin_inset space ~
28446 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28447 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28449 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28450 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28451 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28452 the source view window.
28455 \begin_layout Section
28457 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28459 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28464 \begin_inset Index idx
28467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28476 \begin_layout Standard
28477 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28478 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28495 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28501 can be seen as the successor to
28505 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28510 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28511 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28519 \begin_layout Standard
28520 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28521 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28528 \begin_layout Standard
28531 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28534 or the toolbar button
28535 \begin_inset Graphics
28536 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28537 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28541 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28542 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28543 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28544 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28545 scrolled so that it is visible.
28550 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28552 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28556 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28557 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28560 \begin_layout Standard
28561 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28564 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28568 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28569 will bring an error message.
28570 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28571 specifying a different
28573 Alternative language
28575 in preferences dialog.
28578 \begin_layout Standard
28579 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28582 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28586 \begin_layout Standard
28587 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28588 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28590 But you can use the
28593 \begin_inset space ~
28597 \begin_inset space ~
28605 \begin_layout Standard
28606 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28607 This does work with
28611 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28614 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28618 \begin_layout Standard
28623 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28626 \begin_layout Description
28628 \begin_inset space ~
28631 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28632 should consider, e.
28633 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28637 \begin_inset space \space{}
28640 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28641 This should not normally be needed.
28644 \begin_layout Description
28646 \begin_inset space ~
28649 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28650 the spell checker's default choice
28653 \begin_layout Description
28655 \begin_inset space ~
28659 \begin_inset space ~
28662 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28674 \begin_layout Description
28676 \begin_inset space ~
28680 \begin_inset space ~
28683 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28685 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28692 also for the spellchecker.
28696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28697 The encodings are explained in section
28698 \begin_inset space ~
28702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28704 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28713 Only enable this if you use
28717 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28718 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28719 so this is disabled by default.
28722 \begin_layout Section
28724 \begin_inset Index idx
28727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28736 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28743 \begin_layout Standard
28744 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28745 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28755 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28757 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28766 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28767 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28768 are available for many languages.
28771 \begin_layout Standard
28772 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28776 \begin_layout Subsection
28777 Setting up the thesaurus
28780 \begin_layout Standard
28785 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28790 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28795 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28797 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28801 en_EN for English).
28802 For instance, the English files are named:
28805 \begin_layout Itemize
28809 \begin_layout Itemize
28813 \begin_layout Standard
28814 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28815 already on your system.
28816 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28817 \begin_inset Flex URL
28820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28822 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
28828 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28833 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28835 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28836 unpack a zip archive.
28839 \begin_layout Standard
28848 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28849 s), and specify the path to this directory in
28851 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28852 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28856 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28859 \begin_layout Subsection
28860 Using the thesaurus
28863 \begin_layout Standard
28864 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28866 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28869 or the toolbar button
28870 \begin_inset Graphics
28871 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28872 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28873 rotateOrigin center
28877 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28879 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28881 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28882 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28883 and hyponyms (such as
28891 ), compounds (such as
28895 ) and antonyms (such as
28903 ), which are marked as such.
28906 \begin_layout Standard
28907 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
28908 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
28912 \begin_layout Standard
28913 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
28914 the dictionary, such as the above
28918 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
28919 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28923 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
28924 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
28925 For example looking up the word forms
28933 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
28938 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
28939 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28951 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
28952 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
28953 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
28956 \begin_layout Subsection
28957 License of the Thesaurus library
28960 \begin_layout Standard
28965 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
28970 as a standalone program.
28971 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
28972 The library was released under the
28974 Berkeley Database License
28976 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
28977 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
28978 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
28980 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
28983 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
28987 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
28990 \begin_layout Section
28992 \begin_inset Index idx
28995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29002 \begin_inset Index idx
29005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29006 Document ! Change Tracking
29012 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29014 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29021 \begin_layout Standard
29022 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29023 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29024 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29025 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29027 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29029 \begin_inset space ~
29032 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29034 \begin_inset space ~
29042 \begin_layout Standard
29043 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29057 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29058 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29061 \begin_inset space ~
29065 \begin_inset space ~
29075 \begin_inset Index idx
29078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29079 Color ! Change tracking
29084 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29085 the cursor is in changed text.
29086 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29087 \begin_inset Graphics
29088 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29089 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29090 rotateOrigin center
29097 \begin_layout Standard
29098 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29099 \begin_inset Index idx
29102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29111 \begin_layout Standard
29112 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29118 \begin_layout Standard
29119 \begin_inset Graphics
29120 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29127 \begin_layout Standard
29128 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29134 \begin_layout Standard
29135 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29139 \begin_layout Standard
29140 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29146 \begin_layout Standard
29147 \begin_inset Tabular
29148 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29149 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29150 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29151 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29152 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29157 \begin_inset Graphics
29158 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29159 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29160 rotateOrigin center
29169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29175 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29177 \begin_inset space ~
29180 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29182 \begin_inset space ~
29191 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29196 \begin_inset Graphics
29197 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29198 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29199 rotateOrigin center
29208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29214 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29216 \begin_inset space ~
29219 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29221 \begin_inset space ~
29225 \begin_inset space ~
29229 \begin_inset space ~
29238 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29243 \begin_inset Graphics
29244 filename ../images/change-next.png
29245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29246 rotateOrigin center
29255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29259 Jumps to the next change
29265 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29270 \begin_inset Graphics
29271 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29272 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29273 rotateOrigin center
29282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29288 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29290 \begin_inset space ~
29293 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29295 \begin_inset space ~
29304 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29309 \begin_inset Graphics
29310 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29311 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29312 rotateOrigin center
29321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29327 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29329 \begin_inset space ~
29332 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29334 \begin_inset space ~
29343 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29348 \begin_inset Graphics
29349 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29350 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29351 rotateOrigin center
29360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29366 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29368 \begin_inset space ~
29371 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29373 \begin_inset space ~
29382 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29387 \begin_inset Graphics
29388 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29389 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29390 rotateOrigin center
29399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29405 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29407 \begin_inset space ~
29410 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29412 \begin_inset space ~
29416 \begin_inset space ~
29425 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29430 \begin_inset Graphics
29431 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29432 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29433 rotateOrigin center
29442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29448 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29450 \begin_inset space ~
29453 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29455 \begin_inset space ~
29459 \begin_inset space ~
29468 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29473 \begin_inset Graphics
29474 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29475 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29476 rotateOrigin center
29485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29491 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29492 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29494 \begin_inset space ~
29503 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29508 \begin_inset Graphics
29509 filename ../images/note-next.png
29510 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29511 rotateOrigin center
29520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29526 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29528 \begin_inset space ~
29544 \begin_layout Standard
29545 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29551 \begin_layout Standard
29552 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29553 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29554 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29555 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29556 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29557 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29558 step to the next change.
29559 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29562 \begin_layout Standard
29563 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29564 to describe a change.
29567 \begin_layout Standard
29568 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29573 \begin_inset Index idx
29576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29577 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29583 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29584 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29590 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29593 \begin_layout Section
29594 International Support
29595 \begin_inset Index idx
29598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29599 International support
29607 \begin_layout Standard
29608 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29609 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29610 how to set up LyX to use them:
29611 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29613 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29620 \begin_layout Standard
29621 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29622 \begin_inset space ~
29626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29628 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29635 \begin_layout Subsection
29637 \begin_inset Index idx
29640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29647 \begin_inset Index idx
29650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29651 Document ! Settings
29657 \begin_inset Index idx
29660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29661 Document ! Language
29669 \begin_layout Standard
29672 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29675 dialog lets you set
29677 the language and character encoding for your language.
29681 \begin_layout Standard
29682 Choose your language in the
29686 section of this dialog.
29694 \begin_layout Standard
29699 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29704 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29705 For details about the different encoding options see section
29706 \begin_inset space ~
29710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29712 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29719 \begin_layout Subsection
29720 Keyboard mapping configuration
29721 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29723 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29730 \begin_layout Standard
29731 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29732 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29733 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29734 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29735 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29737 \begin_inset space ~
29741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29743 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29748 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29749 which one you want to use.
29752 \begin_layout Standard
29753 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29754 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29755 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29756 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29757 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29758 one to support the characters you want.
29759 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29766 \begin_layout Subsection
29770 \begin_layout Standard
29772 \begin_inset space ~
29776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29778 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29787 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29791 \begin_layout Standard
29792 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29793 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29801 \begin_layout Itemize
29802 Even if you have selected
29808 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29811 dialog, users who have only the
29815 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29819 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29820 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29821 french quotes won't show up.
29824 \begin_layout Standard
29825 \begin_inset Float table
29830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29831 \begin_inset Caption
29833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29836 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29854 \begin_inset Tabular
29855 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29856 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29857 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29858 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29859 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29860 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29861 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29862 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29863 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29865 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29866 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29867 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29868 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29869 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29870 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29871 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29872 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34286 \begin_layout Standard
34287 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34289 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34290 also the characters from
34302 \begin_layout Itemize
34311 \begin_layout Standard
34312 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34313 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34319 \begin_layout Standard
34320 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34321 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34327 \begin_layout Standard
34328 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34329 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34335 \begin_layout Standard
34336 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34337 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34343 \begin_layout Standard
34345 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34351 \begin_layout Standard
34353 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34359 \begin_layout Standard
34361 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34368 \begin_layout Itemize
34381 \begin_layout Standard
34383 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34389 \begin_layout Standard
34391 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34397 \begin_layout Standard
34399 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34405 \begin_layout Standard
34407 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34413 \begin_layout Standard
34415 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34421 \begin_layout Standard
34423 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34430 \begin_layout Standard
34431 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34432 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34433 Also make sure you're using the
34440 \begin_layout Chapter
34443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34445 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34452 \begin_layout Standard
34453 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34454 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34455 topic inside the user's guide.
34458 \begin_layout Section
34460 \begin_inset Index idx
34463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34472 \begin_layout Standard
34477 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34478 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34481 \begin_layout Subsection
34485 \begin_layout Standard
34486 Creates a new document.
34489 \begin_layout Subsection
34493 \begin_layout Standard
34494 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34495 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34496 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34499 \begin_layout Subsection
34503 \begin_layout Standard
34507 \begin_layout Subsection
34511 \begin_layout Standard
34512 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34513 Click there on a file to open it.
34516 \begin_layout Subsection
34520 \begin_layout Standard
34521 Closes the current document.
34524 \begin_layout Subsection
34528 \begin_layout Standard
34529 Closes all opened documents.
34532 \begin_layout Subsection
34536 \begin_layout Standard
34537 Saves the actual document.
34540 \begin_layout Subsection
34544 \begin_layout Standard
34545 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34548 \begin_layout Subsection
34552 \begin_layout Standard
34553 Saves all opened documents.
34556 \begin_layout Subsection
34560 \begin_layout Standard
34561 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34564 \begin_layout Subsection
34568 \begin_layout Standard
34569 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34570 It is described in the section
34572 Version Control in LyX
34576 Additional Features
34581 \begin_layout Subsection
34585 \begin_layout Standard
34586 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34587 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34588 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34589 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34592 \begin_layout Standard
34593 When using the menu entry
34596 \begin_inset space ~
34601 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34605 \begin_inset space ~
34609 \begin_inset space ~
34614 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34615 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34618 \begin_layout Subsection
34620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34629 \begin_layout Standard
34630 You can export your document to various file formats.
34631 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34632 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34633 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34636 \begin_layout Standard
34637 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34639 \begin_inset space ~
34643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34645 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34652 \begin_layout Description
34656 \begin_inset space ~
34661 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34662 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34665 \begin_layout Description
34673 \begin_layout Description
34674 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34678 \begin_layout Description
34680 \begin_inset space ~
34684 \begin_inset space ~
34687 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34691 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34699 \begin_layout Description
34706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34714 \begin_inset space ~
34719 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34720 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34724 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34727 \begin_layout Description
34734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34742 \begin_inset space ~
34747 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34748 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34756 \begin_layout Description
34758 \begin_inset space ~
34761 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34769 is replaced by the version number)
34772 \begin_layout Description
34773 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34786 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34790 \begin_layout Description
34794 \begin_inset space ~
34799 PDF-format using the program
34804 \begin_layout Description
34808 \begin_inset space ~
34813 PDF-format using the program
34818 \begin_layout Description
34822 \begin_inset space ~
34827 PDF-format using the program
34832 \begin_layout Description
34836 \begin_inset space ~
34844 \begin_layout Description
34848 \begin_inset space ~
34852 \begin_inset space ~
34857 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34858 and then exported as text using the program
34863 \begin_layout Description
34868 PostScript format using the program
34873 \begin_layout Description
34881 \begin_layout Standard
34886 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34887 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34893 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34896 \begin_layout Standard
34897 If one of the menu entries
34904 \begin_inset space ~
34913 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34914 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34915 \begin_inset space ~
34919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34921 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34926 \begin_inset Index idx
34929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34930 Reconfiguration of LyX
34938 \begin_layout Standard
34943 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34944 the export program.
34947 \begin_layout Subsection
34951 \begin_layout Standard
34952 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
34953 format or send it to a printer.
34954 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34955 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34961 For more information have a look at section
34962 \begin_inset space ~
34966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34968 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34975 \begin_layout Subsection
34979 \begin_layout Standard
34980 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
34981 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
34982 prefix, see section
34983 \begin_inset space ~
34987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34989 reference "sec:Paths"
34994 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35003 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35004 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35005 \begin_inset space ~
35009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35011 reference "sub:Converters"
35018 \begin_layout Subsection
35019 New and Close Window
35022 \begin_layout Standard
35023 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35026 \begin_layout Subsection
35030 \begin_layout Standard
35031 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35034 \begin_layout Section
35036 \begin_inset Index idx
35039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35048 \begin_layout Subsection
35052 \begin_layout Standard
35053 Described in section
35054 \begin_inset space ~
35058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35060 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35067 \begin_layout Subsection
35068 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35071 \begin_layout Standard
35072 Described in section
35073 \begin_inset space ~
35077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35079 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35086 \begin_layout Subsection
35090 \begin_layout Standard
35091 Selects the whole document.
35094 \begin_layout Subsection
35098 \begin_layout Standard
35099 Described in section
35100 \begin_inset space ~
35104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35106 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35113 \begin_layout Subsection
35114 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35117 \begin_layout Standard
35118 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35122 \begin_layout Subsection
35126 \begin_layout Standard
35127 Described in section
35128 \begin_inset space ~
35132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35134 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35141 \begin_layout Subsection
35143 \begin_inset Index idx
35146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35147 Paragraph ! Settings
35155 \begin_layout Standard
35156 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35157 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35160 \begin_layout Standard
35161 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35162 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35164 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35170 \begin_inset space ~
35178 \begin_layout Subsection
35179 Table Settings and Math
35182 \begin_layout Standard
35183 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35185 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35186 The properties of tables are described in section
35187 \begin_inset space ~
35191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35193 reference "sec:Tables"
35197 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35198 \begin_inset space ~
35202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35204 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35211 \begin_layout Subsection
35212 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35215 \begin_layout Standard
35216 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35217 that can be nested.
35218 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35219 \begin_inset space ~
35223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35225 reference "sec:Nesting"
35230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35232 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35239 \begin_layout Section
35241 \begin_inset Index idx
35244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35253 \begin_layout Standard
35258 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35259 document with an external program.
35260 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35261 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35262 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35263 \begin_inset space ~
35267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35269 reference "sub:Export"
35274 You should at least see the menu entries
35281 \begin_inset space ~
35287 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35288 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35289 \begin_inset space ~
35293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35295 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35300 \begin_inset Index idx
35303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35304 Reconfiguration of LyX
35312 \begin_layout Standard
35313 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35314 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35315 \begin_inset space ~
35319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35321 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35326 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35329 \begin_layout Standard
35330 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35333 At the bottom of the
35337 menu the opened documents are listed.
35340 \begin_layout Subsection
35341 Open/Close all Insets
35344 \begin_layout Standard
35345 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35348 \begin_layout Subsection
35349 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35352 \begin_layout Standard
35353 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35356 \begin_layout Standard
35357 Math macros are described in the
35364 \begin_layout Subsection
35368 \begin_layout Standard
35369 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35371 \begin_inset space ~
35375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35377 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35384 \begin_layout Subsection
35388 \begin_layout Standard
35389 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35390 opening a new view window.
35393 \begin_layout Subsection
35397 \begin_layout Standard
35398 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35399 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35400 view the same document, but at different positions.
35401 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35402 or more documents at the same time.
35403 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35410 \begin_layout Subsection
35414 \begin_layout Standard
35415 Closes a split view.
35418 \begin_layout Subsection
35422 \begin_layout Standard
35423 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35424 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35425 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35426 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35427 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the context menu.
35430 \begin_layout Subsection
35432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35434 name "sub:Toolbars"
35439 \begin_inset Index idx
35442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35451 \begin_layout Standard
35452 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35453 All toolbars and the
35456 \begin_inset space ~
35461 can be turned on and off.
35466 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35478 \begin_inset space ~
35487 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35491 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35498 \begin_layout Standard
35503 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35507 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35508 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35509 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35510 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35511 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35514 \begin_layout Standard
35515 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35516 \begin_inset space ~
35520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35522 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35529 \begin_layout Section
35531 \begin_inset Index idx
35534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35543 \begin_layout Subsection
35547 \begin_layout Standard
35548 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35549 \begin_inset space ~
35553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35555 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35566 \begin_layout Subsection
35568 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35570 name "sub:Special-Character"
35577 \begin_layout Standard
35578 Here you can insert the following characters:
35581 \begin_layout Description
35582 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35583 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35584 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35585 \begin_inset Newline newline
35589 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35597 Not all characters will be visible in the
35601 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35603 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35609 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35613 ) can display every character.
35621 \begin_layout Description
35622 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35626 \begin_layout Description
35628 \begin_inset space ~
35632 \begin_inset space ~
35635 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35636 \begin_inset space ~
35640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35642 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35649 \begin_layout Description
35651 \begin_inset space ~
35654 Quote Inserts this quote:
35655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35658 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35660 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35670 \begin_layout Description
35672 \begin_inset space ~
35675 Quote Inserts this quote:
35676 \begin_inset Quotes els
35682 \begin_layout Description
35684 \begin_inset space ~
35687 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35691 \begin_layout Description
35693 \begin_inset space ~
35696 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35700 \begin_layout Description
35702 \begin_inset space ~
35705 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35709 \begin_layout Description
35711 \begin_inset space ~
35715 \begin_inset Index idx
35718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35725 \begin_inset Index idx
35728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35729 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35734 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35735 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35736 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35741 \begin_inset Index idx
35744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35745 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35751 \begin_inset Newline newline
35754 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35758 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35766 and this Wiki-page:
35767 \begin_inset Newline newline
35771 \begin_inset Flex URL
35774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35776 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35784 \begin_layout Subsection
35788 \begin_layout Standard
35789 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35792 \begin_layout Description
35793 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
35794 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35800 \begin_layout Description
35801 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
35802 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35808 \begin_layout Description
35810 \begin_inset space ~
35813 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35814 \begin_inset space ~
35818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35820 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35827 \begin_layout Description
35829 \begin_inset space ~
35832 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35833 \begin_inset space ~
35837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35839 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35846 \begin_layout Description
35848 \begin_inset space ~
35851 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35852 \begin_inset space ~
35856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35858 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35865 \begin_layout Description
35867 \begin_inset space ~
35870 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35871 \begin_inset space ~
35875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35877 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35884 \begin_layout Description
35886 \begin_inset space ~
35889 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
35890 \begin_inset space ~
35894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35896 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35903 \begin_layout Description
35905 \begin_inset space ~
35908 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35909 \begin_inset space ~
35913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35915 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35922 \begin_layout Description
35924 \begin_inset space ~
35927 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
35928 \begin_inset space ~
35932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35934 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35941 \begin_layout Description
35943 \begin_inset space ~
35946 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35947 \begin_inset space ~
35951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35953 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35960 \begin_layout Description
35962 \begin_inset space ~
35966 \begin_inset space ~
35969 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35970 \begin_inset space ~
35974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35976 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35983 \begin_layout Description
35985 \begin_inset space ~
35988 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35989 text line to the page border, see section
35990 \begin_inset space ~
35994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35996 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36003 \begin_layout Description
36005 \begin_inset space ~
36008 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36009 \begin_inset space ~
36013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36015 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36022 \begin_layout Description
36024 \begin_inset space ~
36027 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36028 text page to the page border, described in section
36029 \begin_inset space ~
36033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36035 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36042 \begin_layout Description
36044 \begin_inset space ~
36047 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36048 \begin_inset space ~
36052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36054 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36061 \begin_layout Description
36063 \begin_inset space ~
36067 \begin_inset space ~
36070 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36071 \begin_inset space ~
36075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36077 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36084 \begin_layout Subsection
36088 \begin_layout Standard
36089 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36090 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36092 \begin_inset space ~
36096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36098 reference "sec:toc"
36103 The index list is described in section
36104 \begin_inset space ~
36108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36110 reference "sec:Index"
36114 , the nomenclature in section
36115 \begin_inset space ~
36119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36121 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36125 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36126 \begin_inset space ~
36130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36132 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36139 \begin_layout Subsection
36143 \begin_layout Standard
36144 To insert floats, described in section
36145 \begin_inset space ~
36149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36151 reference "sec:Floats"
36158 \begin_layout Subsection
36162 \begin_layout Standard
36163 To insert notes, described in section
36164 \begin_inset space ~
36168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36170 reference "sec:Notes"
36177 \begin_layout Subsection
36181 \begin_layout Standard
36182 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36183 \begin_inset space ~
36187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36189 reference "sec:Branches"
36196 \begin_layout Subsection
36200 \begin_layout Standard
36201 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36202 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36204 An example is the document class
36205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36212 with three custom insets.
36215 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36221 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36224 \begin_layout Subsection
36226 \begin_inset Index idx
36229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36238 \begin_layout Standard
36239 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36240 files in your document.
36241 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36252 \begin_layout Subsection
36254 \begin_inset Index idx
36257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36266 \begin_layout Standard
36267 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36268 \begin_inset space ~
36272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36274 reference "sec:Minipages"
36279 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36290 \begin_layout Subsection
36294 \begin_layout Standard
36295 Inserts a citation as described in section
36296 \begin_inset space ~
36300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36302 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36309 \begin_layout Subsection
36313 \begin_layout Standard
36314 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36315 \begin_inset space ~
36319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36321 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36328 \begin_layout Subsection
36332 \begin_layout Standard
36333 Inserts a label as described in section
36334 \begin_inset space ~
36338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36340 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36347 \begin_layout Subsection
36349 \begin_inset Index idx
36352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36359 \begin_inset Index idx
36362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36363 Longtables ! Caption
36371 \begin_layout Standard
36372 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36373 Floats are described in section
36374 \begin_inset space ~
36378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36380 reference "sec:Floats"
36384 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36395 \begin_layout Subsection
36399 \begin_layout Standard
36400 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36401 \begin_inset space ~
36405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36407 reference "sec:Index"
36414 \begin_layout Subsection
36418 \begin_layout Standard
36419 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36420 \begin_inset space ~
36424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36426 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36433 \begin_layout Subsection
36437 \begin_layout Standard
36439 Tables are described in section
36440 \begin_inset space ~
36444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36446 reference "sec:Tables"
36453 \begin_layout Subsection
36457 \begin_layout Standard
36459 Graphics are described in section
36460 \begin_inset space ~
36464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36466 reference "sec:Graphics"
36473 \begin_layout Subsection
36477 \begin_layout Standard
36478 Inserts an URL as described in section
36479 \begin_inset space ~
36483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36485 reference "sub:URLs"
36492 \begin_layout Subsection
36496 \begin_layout Standard
36497 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36498 \begin_inset space ~
36502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36504 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36511 \begin_layout Subsection
36515 \begin_layout Standard
36516 Inserts a footnote, see section
36517 \begin_inset space ~
36521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36523 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36530 \begin_layout Subsection
36534 \begin_layout Standard
36535 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36536 \begin_inset space ~
36540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36542 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36549 \begin_layout Subsection
36553 \begin_layout Standard
36554 Inserts a short title, see section
36555 \begin_inset space ~
36559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36561 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36568 \begin_layout Subsection
36572 \begin_layout Standard
36573 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36574 \begin_inset space ~
36578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36580 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36587 \begin_layout Subsection
36589 \begin_inset Index idx
36592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36601 \begin_layout Standard
36602 Inserts a program listings box.
36603 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36605 Program Code Listings
36614 \begin_layout Subsection
36618 \begin_layout Standard
36619 Inserts the actual date.
36620 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36622 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36634 \begin_layout Section
36636 \begin_inset Index idx
36639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36648 \begin_layout Standard
36649 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36650 \begin_inset space ~
36653 of the current document.
36654 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36657 \begin_layout Subsection
36661 \begin_layout Standard
36662 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36663 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36665 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36669 \begin_inset space \space{}
36673 \begin_inset space ~
36677 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36678 \begin_inset space ~
36681 2.5 and use the menu
36684 \begin_inset space ~
36688 \begin_inset space ~
36695 \begin_inset space ~
36701 \begin_inset space ~
36705 \begin_inset space ~
36711 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36715 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36721 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36727 \begin_layout Standard
36728 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36729 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36732 \begin_layout Subsection
36733 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36736 \begin_layout Standard
36737 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36741 \begin_layout Subsection
36745 \begin_layout Standard
36746 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36747 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36748 on a cross-reference box.
36751 \begin_layout Section
36753 \begin_inset Index idx
36756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36765 \begin_layout Subsection
36769 \begin_layout Standard
36770 Change Tracking is described in section
36771 \begin_inset space ~
36775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36777 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36784 \begin_layout Subsection
36789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36799 \begin_layout Standard
36800 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36802 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36805 \begin_layout Standard
36806 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36811 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36814 \begin_layout Subsection
36818 \begin_layout Standard
36819 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36820 \begin_inset space ~
36824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36826 reference "sec:Navigating"
36831 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36833 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36840 \begin_layout Subsection
36841 Start Appendix Here
36844 \begin_layout Standard
36845 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36846 position as described in section
36847 \begin_inset space ~
36851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36853 reference "sec:Appendices"
36860 \begin_layout Subsection
36864 \begin_layout Standard
36865 Un/compresses the current document.
36868 \begin_layout Subsection
36872 \begin_layout Standard
36873 The document settings are described in appendix
36874 \begin_inset space ~
36878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36880 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36887 \begin_layout Section
36889 \begin_inset Index idx
36892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36901 \begin_layout Subsection
36905 \begin_layout Standard
36906 Spell checking is explained in section
36907 \begin_inset space ~
36911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36913 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36920 \begin_layout Subsection
36924 \begin_layout Standard
36925 The thesaurus is described in section
36926 \begin_inset space ~
36930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36932 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36939 \begin_layout Subsection
36941 \begin_inset Index idx
36944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36951 \begin_inset Index idx
36954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36963 \begin_layout Standard
36964 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36965 highlighted document part.
36968 \begin_layout Subsection
36970 \begin_inset Index idx
36973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36982 \begin_layout Standard
36983 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36986 \begin_layout Subsection
36988 \begin_inset Index idx
36991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36992 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37003 Reconfiguration of LyX
37007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37020 \begin_inset Index idx
37023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37024 Reconfiguration of LyX
37032 \begin_layout Standard
37033 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37034 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37035 \begin_inset space ~
37039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37041 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37048 \begin_layout Subsection
37052 \begin_layout Standard
37053 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37054 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37060 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37067 \begin_layout Section
37069 \begin_inset Index idx
37072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37081 \begin_layout Standard
37082 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37086 \begin_layout Standard
37090 \begin_inset space ~
37095 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37096 found by LyX (see also section
37097 \begin_inset space ~
37101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37103 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37110 \begin_layout Section
37112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37114 name "sec:Toolbars"
37121 \begin_layout Standard
37122 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37123 \begin_inset space ~
37127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37129 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37136 \begin_layout Standard
37137 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37138 This is described in the
37140 Additional Features
37145 \begin_layout Subsection
37147 \begin_inset Index idx
37150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37159 \begin_layout Standard
37160 \begin_inset Graphics
37161 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37169 \begin_layout Standard
37170 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37176 \begin_layout Standard
37177 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37194 \begin_inset Note Note
37197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37198 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37203 manual for more information.
37211 \begin_layout Standard
37212 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37218 \begin_layout Standard
37219 \begin_inset Tabular
37220 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37221 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37222 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37223 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37229 \begin_inset Graphics
37230 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37244 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37257 \begin_layout Standard
37258 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37264 \begin_layout Standard
37266 \begin_inset Tabular
37267 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37268 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37269 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37270 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37271 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37278 \begin_inset Graphics
37279 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37280 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37295 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37302 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37307 \begin_inset Graphics
37308 filename ../images/file-open.png
37309 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37324 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37331 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37336 \begin_inset Graphics
37337 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37338 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37353 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37360 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37365 \begin_inset Graphics
37366 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37367 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37382 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37389 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37394 \begin_inset Graphics
37395 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37396 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37411 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37418 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37423 \begin_inset Graphics
37424 filename ../images/undo.png
37425 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37440 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37447 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37452 \begin_inset Graphics
37453 filename ../images/redo.png
37454 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37469 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37476 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37481 \begin_inset Graphics
37482 filename ../images/cut.png
37483 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37498 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37505 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37510 \begin_inset Graphics
37511 filename ../images/copy.png
37512 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37527 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37534 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37539 \begin_inset Graphics
37540 filename ../images/paste.png
37541 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37556 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37563 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37568 \begin_inset Graphics
37569 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37570 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37571 rotateOrigin center
37580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37586 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37588 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37601 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37606 \begin_inset Graphics
37607 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37608 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37609 rotateOrigin center
37618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37624 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37625 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37632 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37637 \begin_inset Graphics
37638 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37639 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37652 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37654 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37656 \begin_inset space ~
37667 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37672 \begin_inset Graphics
37673 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37674 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37687 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37689 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37691 \begin_inset space ~
37702 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37707 \begin_inset Graphics
37708 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37709 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37722 Formats text using the current settings in the
37724 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37726 \begin_inset space ~
37737 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37742 \begin_inset Graphics
37743 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37744 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37759 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37760 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37762 \begin_inset space ~
37771 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37776 \begin_inset Graphics
37777 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37778 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37779 rotateOrigin center
37788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37794 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37801 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37806 \begin_inset Graphics
37807 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37808 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37809 rotateOrigin center
37818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37824 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37831 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37836 \begin_inset Graphics
37837 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37838 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37839 rotateOrigin center
37848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37852 Toggle outline window on/off,
37854 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37861 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37866 \begin_inset Graphics
37867 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37868 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37869 rotateOrigin center
37878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37882 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37888 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37893 \begin_inset Graphics
37894 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37895 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37896 rotateOrigin center
37905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37909 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37922 \begin_layout Subsection
37924 \begin_inset Index idx
37927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37936 \begin_layout Standard
37937 \begin_inset Graphics
37938 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37946 \begin_layout Standard
37947 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37953 \begin_layout Standard
37954 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37958 \begin_layout Standard
37959 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37965 \begin_layout Standard
37966 \begin_inset Tabular
37967 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37968 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37969 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37970 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37971 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37976 \begin_inset Graphics
37977 filename ../images/layout.png
37978 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37979 rotateOrigin center
37988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37998 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38003 \begin_inset Graphics
38004 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38005 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38006 rotateOrigin center
38015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38025 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38030 \begin_inset Graphics
38031 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38032 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38033 rotateOrigin center
38042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38052 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38057 \begin_inset Graphics
38058 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38059 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38060 rotateOrigin center
38069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38079 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38084 \begin_inset Graphics
38085 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38086 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38087 rotateOrigin center
38096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38106 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38111 \begin_inset Graphics
38112 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38113 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38114 rotateOrigin center
38123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38129 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38131 \begin_inset space ~
38135 \begin_inset space ~
38144 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38149 \begin_inset Graphics
38150 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38151 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38152 rotateOrigin center
38161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38167 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38169 \begin_inset space ~
38173 \begin_inset space ~
38182 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38187 \begin_inset Graphics
38188 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38189 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38205 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38212 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38217 \begin_inset Graphics
38218 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38219 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38234 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38235 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38242 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38247 \begin_inset Graphics
38248 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38249 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38264 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38271 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38276 \begin_inset Graphics
38277 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38278 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38300 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38305 \begin_inset Graphics
38306 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38307 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38322 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38329 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38334 \begin_inset Graphics
38335 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38336 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38351 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38353 \begin_inset space ~
38362 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38367 \begin_inset Graphics
38368 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38369 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38384 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38386 \begin_inset space ~
38395 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38400 \begin_inset Graphics
38401 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38402 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38417 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38424 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38429 \begin_inset Graphics
38430 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38431 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38432 rotateOrigin center
38441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38447 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38449 \begin_inset space ~
38458 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38463 \begin_inset Graphics
38464 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38465 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38480 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38481 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38483 \begin_inset space ~
38492 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38497 \begin_inset Graphics
38498 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38499 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38514 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38521 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38526 \begin_inset Graphics
38527 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38528 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38543 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38550 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38555 \begin_inset Graphics
38556 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38557 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38572 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38594 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38599 \begin_inset Graphics
38600 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38616 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38617 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38624 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38629 \begin_inset Graphics
38630 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38631 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38646 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38647 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38649 \begin_inset space ~
38658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38663 \begin_inset Graphics
38664 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38665 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38666 rotateOrigin center
38675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38681 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38683 \begin_inset space ~
38692 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38697 \begin_inset Graphics
38698 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38699 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38700 rotateOrigin center
38709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38715 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38717 \begin_inset space ~
38726 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38731 \begin_inset Graphics
38732 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38733 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38734 rotateOrigin center
38743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38749 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38763 \begin_layout Subsection
38764 View / Update Toolbar
38765 \begin_inset Index idx
38768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38769 Toolbar ! View / Update
38777 \begin_layout Standard
38778 \begin_inset Graphics
38779 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38786 \begin_layout Standard
38787 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38793 \begin_layout Standard
38794 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38798 \begin_layout Standard
38799 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38805 \begin_layout Standard
38806 \begin_inset Tabular
38807 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38808 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38809 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38810 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38811 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38816 \begin_inset Graphics
38817 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38818 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38819 rotateOrigin center
38828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38834 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38841 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38846 \begin_inset Graphics
38847 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38848 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38849 rotateOrigin center
38858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38864 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38865 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38872 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38877 \begin_inset Graphics
38878 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38880 rotateOrigin center
38889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38895 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38902 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38907 \begin_inset Graphics
38908 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38910 rotateOrigin center
38919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38925 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38926 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38933 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38938 \begin_inset Graphics
38939 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38940 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38941 rotateOrigin center
38950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38956 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38968 \begin_inset Graphics
38969 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38970 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38971 rotateOrigin center
38980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38986 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38987 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39001 \begin_layout Subsection
39005 \begin_layout Standard
39006 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39007 \begin_inset space ~
39011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39013 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39017 , the table toolbar
39018 \begin_inset Index idx
39021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39031 manual, the math macro toolbar
39032 \begin_inset Index idx
39035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39048 \begin_layout Chapter
39049 The Document Settings
39050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39052 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39057 \begin_inset Index idx
39060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39061 Document ! Settings
39069 \begin_layout Standard
39070 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39071 whole document and is called with the menu
39073 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39077 You can save your document settings as default with th
39079 e Save as Document Defaults
39081 button in the dialog.
39082 This will create a template name
39090 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39094 \begin_layout Standard
39095 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39098 \begin_layout Section
39102 \begin_layout Standard
39103 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39105 Document classes are described in section
39106 \begin_inset space ~
39110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39112 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39117 Some classes use some class options by default.
39118 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39122 and you can decide to use them or not.
39123 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39124 recommended not to touch them.
39125 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39131 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39132 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39138 When you want one of the following drivers
39139 \begin_inset Newline newline
39142 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39143 \begin_inset Newline newline
39146 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39147 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39151 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39153 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39165 \begin_layout Standard
39166 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39167 child or subdocument.
39168 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39169 without its master.
39170 This way child documents are always compilable.
39171 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39182 \begin_layout Section
39186 \begin_layout Standard
39187 Modules are explained in section
39188 \begin_inset space ~
39192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39194 reference "sub:Modules"
39201 \begin_layout Section
39205 \begin_layout Standard
39206 The document font settings are described in section
39207 \begin_inset space ~
39211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39213 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39220 \begin_layout Section
39224 \begin_layout Standard
39225 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39227 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39231 \begin_layout Standard
39232 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39233 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39234 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39237 \begin_layout Standard
39238 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39246 \begin_layout Section
39250 \begin_layout Standard
39251 A description of this menu is given in section
39252 \begin_inset space ~
39256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39258 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39265 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39272 \begin_layout Section
39276 \begin_layout Standard
39277 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39278 \begin_inset space ~
39282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39284 reference "sub:Margins"
39291 \begin_layout Section
39293 \begin_inset Index idx
39296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39297 Language ! Encoding
39305 \begin_layout Standard
39306 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39307 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39308 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39309 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39310 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39311 known for a particular character).
39315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39316 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39317 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39322 manual for details.
39330 \begin_layout Standard
39331 If you use the option
39335 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39336 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39337 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39338 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39339 exactly one encoding.
39340 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39349 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39350 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39352 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39353 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39367 \begin_layout Standard
39368 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39369 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39370 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39371 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39372 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39373 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39378 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39379 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39380 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39383 \begin_layout Standard
39384 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39387 \begin_layout Description
39389 \begin_inset space ~
39393 \begin_inset space ~
39397 \begin_inset space ~
39404 , but the LaTeX-package
39409 \begin_inset Index idx
39412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39413 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39419 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39420 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39421 languages in TeX code.
39424 \begin_layout Description
39425 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39426 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39427 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39430 \begin_layout Description
39432 \begin_inset space ~
39436 \begin_inset space ~
39439 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39442 \begin_layout Description
39444 \begin_inset space ~
39448 \begin_inset space ~
39451 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39454 \begin_layout Description
39456 \begin_inset space ~
39459 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39462 \begin_layout Description
39464 \begin_inset space ~
39468 \begin_inset space ~
39471 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39472 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39475 \begin_layout Description
39477 \begin_inset space ~
39481 \begin_inset space ~
39484 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39488 \begin_layout Description
39490 \begin_inset space ~
39494 \begin_inset space ~
39497 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39498 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39501 \begin_layout Description
39503 \begin_inset space ~
39507 \begin_inset space ~
39511 \begin_inset space ~
39514 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39515 \begin_inset space ~
39521 \begin_layout Description
39523 \begin_inset space ~
39527 \begin_inset space ~
39531 \begin_inset space ~
39534 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39535 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39538 \begin_layout Description
39540 \begin_inset space ~
39544 \begin_inset space ~
39547 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39548 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39549 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39550 \begin_inset space ~
39554 \begin_inset space ~
39560 \begin_layout Description
39562 \begin_inset space ~
39566 \begin_inset space ~
39569 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39570 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39571 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39572 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39573 \begin_inset space ~
39577 \begin_inset space ~
39583 \begin_layout Description
39585 \begin_inset space ~
39589 \begin_inset space ~
39592 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39595 \begin_layout Description
39597 \begin_inset space ~
39601 \begin_inset space ~
39604 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39607 \begin_layout Description
39609 \begin_inset space ~
39613 \begin_inset space ~
39616 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39619 \begin_layout Description
39621 \begin_inset space ~
39624 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39627 \begin_layout Description
39629 \begin_inset space ~
39632 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39635 \begin_layout Description
39637 \begin_inset space ~
39641 \begin_inset space ~
39644 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39647 \begin_layout Description
39649 \begin_inset space ~
39653 \begin_inset space ~
39659 \begin_layout Description
39661 \begin_inset space ~
39665 \begin_inset space ~
39668 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39671 \begin_layout Description
39673 \begin_inset space ~
39677 \begin_inset space ~
39683 \begin_layout Description
39685 \begin_inset space ~
39689 \begin_inset space ~
39692 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39697 \begin_inset Index idx
39700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39701 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39706 , when using this, set the document language to
39711 \begin_layout Description
39713 \begin_inset space ~
39717 \begin_inset space ~
39720 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39724 , when using this, set the document language to
39729 \begin_layout Description
39731 \begin_inset space ~
39735 \begin_inset space ~
39738 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39743 \begin_inset Index idx
39746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39747 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39752 , when using this, set the document language to
39757 \begin_layout Description
39759 \begin_inset space ~
39763 \begin_inset space ~
39766 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39770 , when using this, set the document language to
39775 \begin_layout Description
39777 \begin_inset space ~
39781 \begin_inset space ~
39784 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39788 , when using this, set the document language to
39793 \begin_layout Description
39795 \begin_inset space ~
39798 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39801 \begin_layout Description
39803 \begin_inset space ~
39807 \begin_inset space ~
39811 \begin_inset space ~
39814 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39817 \begin_layout Description
39819 \begin_inset space ~
39823 \begin_inset space ~
39827 \begin_inset space ~
39830 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39831 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39832 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39835 \begin_layout Description
39837 \begin_inset space ~
39841 \begin_inset space ~
39847 \begin_layout Description
39849 \begin_inset space ~
39853 \begin_inset space ~
39856 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39857 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39860 \begin_layout Description
39862 \begin_inset space ~
39866 \begin_inset space ~
39869 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39874 \begin_inset Index idx
39877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39878 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39883 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39886 \begin_layout Description
39888 \begin_inset space ~
39892 \begin_inset space ~
39895 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39899 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39908 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39909 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39923 \begin_layout Description
39925 \begin_inset space ~
39929 \begin_inset space ~
39932 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39937 \begin_inset Index idx
39940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39941 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39946 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39949 \begin_layout Description
39951 \begin_inset space ~
39954 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39959 \begin_inset Index idx
39962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39963 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39969 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39973 \begin_layout Description
39975 \begin_inset space ~
39979 \begin_inset space ~
39983 \begin_inset space ~
39986 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39987 \begin_inset space ~
39993 \begin_layout Description
39995 \begin_inset space ~
39999 \begin_inset space ~
40003 \begin_inset space ~
40006 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40007 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40008 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40012 \begin_layout Description
40014 \begin_inset space ~
40018 \begin_inset space ~
40022 \begin_inset space ~
40025 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40026 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40029 \begin_layout Section
40033 \begin_layout Standard
40034 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40035 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40036 \begin_inset space ~
40040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40042 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40049 \begin_layout Section
40053 \begin_layout Standard
40054 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40059 \begin_inset Index idx
40062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40063 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40073 \begin_inset Index idx
40076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40077 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40082 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40087 \begin_inset Index idx
40090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40091 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40096 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40098 For a further description see section
40099 \begin_inset space ~
40103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40105 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40112 \begin_layout Section
40116 \begin_layout Standard
40117 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40118 and you can define additional indexes.
40119 Please refer to section
40120 \begin_inset space ~
40124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40126 reference "sec:Index"
40133 \begin_layout Section
40137 \begin_layout Standard
40138 The PDF properties are explained in section
40139 \begin_inset space ~
40143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40145 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40152 \begin_layout Section
40156 \begin_layout Standard
40157 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40162 \begin_inset Index idx
40165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40166 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40176 \begin_inset Index idx
40179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40180 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40185 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40188 \begin_layout Standard
40193 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40194 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40197 \begin_layout Standard
40202 is used for special integral characters.
40205 \begin_layout Section
40209 \begin_layout Standard
40210 The float placement options are described in section
40211 \begin_inset space ~
40215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40217 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40224 \begin_layout Section
40228 \begin_layout Standard
40229 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40230 The itemize environment is described in section
40231 \begin_inset space ~
40235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40237 reference "sec:Itemize"
40244 \begin_layout Section
40248 \begin_layout Standard
40249 Branches are described in section
40250 \begin_inset space ~
40254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40256 reference "sec:Branches"
40263 \begin_layout Section
40268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40278 \begin_layout Standard
40279 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40280 to define LaTeX-commands.
40281 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40282 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40286 \begin_layout Standard
40287 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40288 \begin_inset space ~
40292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40294 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40301 \begin_layout Chapter
40307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40309 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40314 \begin_inset Index idx
40317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40326 \begin_layout Standard
40327 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40329 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40333 It has the following submenus.
40336 \begin_layout Section
40340 \begin_layout Subsection
40344 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40345 User Interface File
40346 \begin_inset Index idx
40349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40350 Customization ! of toolbars
40356 \begin_inset Index idx
40359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40360 Customization ! of menus
40368 \begin_layout Standard
40369 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40377 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40386 \begin_layout Standard
40387 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40388 interface (ui) file.
40389 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40390 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40399 Both files are loaded by the
40404 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40405 files and edit the entries.
40408 \begin_layout Standard
40409 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40421 entries must be ended with an explicit
40446 and in the case of the
40447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40459 The syntax for the entries is:
40462 \begin_layout Standard
40463 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40491 \begin_layout Standard
40493 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40496 All LyX-functions are listed in
40497 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40506 \begin_layout Standard
40507 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40513 \begin_layout Standard
40514 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40516 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40519 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40523 \begin_layout Standard
40524 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40548 \begin_layout Standard
40550 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40553 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40556 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40560 \begin_layout Standard
40563 Enable tool tips in main work area
40565 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40569 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40573 \begin_layout Standard
40577 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40581 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40584 restoring of window layout and geometries
40586 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40587 in the last LyX session.
40590 \begin_layout Standard
40593 Restore cursor positions
40595 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40599 \begin_layout Standard
40602 Load opened files from last session
40604 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40607 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40609 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40611 name "sub:Backup documents"
40616 \begin_inset Index idx
40619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40628 \begin_layout Standard
40633 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40636 \begin_layout Standard
40641 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40644 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40646 \begin_inset space ~
40654 \begin_layout Standard
40657 Open documents in tabs
40659 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40663 \begin_layout Subsection
40665 \begin_inset Index idx
40668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40675 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40677 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40684 \begin_layout Standard
40685 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40688 \begin_layout Standard
40689 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40697 This section only deals with the fonts
40702 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40705 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40706 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40717 \begin_layout Standard
40718 By default, LyX uses
40722 as roman (serif) font,
40730 (depends on the system) as
40733 \begin_inset space ~
40749 \begin_layout Standard
40750 You can change the font size with the
40755 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40756 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40759 \begin_layout Standard
40764 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40765 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40767 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40770 points have the size of 1
40771 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40775 \begin_inset space ~
40779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40781 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40788 \begin_layout Standard
40793 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40794 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40798 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40799 \begin_inset space ~
40803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40805 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40812 \begin_layout Standard
40815 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40817 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40818 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40819 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40820 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40822 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40823 \begin_inset space ~
40829 \begin_layout Subsection
40831 \begin_inset Index idx
40834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40841 \begin_inset Index idx
40844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40853 \begin_layout Standard
40854 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
40855 Choose an item in the list and use the
40862 \begin_layout Subsection
40864 \begin_inset Index idx
40867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40876 \begin_layout Standard
40877 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40880 \begin_layout Standard
40885 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40886 This feature is described in section
40887 \begin_inset space ~
40891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40893 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40900 \begin_layout Standard
40904 \begin_inset space ~
40908 \begin_inset space ~
40912 \begin_inset space ~
40917 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
40920 \begin_layout Section
40922 \begin_inset Index idx
40925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40934 \begin_layout Subsection
40938 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40942 \begin_layout Standard
40945 Cursor follows scrollbar
40947 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40951 \begin_layout Standard
40954 Sort environments alphabetically
40956 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40959 \begin_layout Standard
40962 Group environments by their category
40964 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40967 \begin_layout Standard
40968 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
40980 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40984 \begin_layout Standard
40985 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40990 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40991 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40995 \begin_layout Subsection
40997 \begin_inset Index idx
41000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41007 \begin_inset Index idx
41010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41011 Settings ! Shortcuts
41019 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41023 \begin_layout Standard
41024 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41025 Several binding files are available:
41028 \begin_layout Description
41029 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41032 \begin_layout Description
41033 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41044 \begin_layout Description
41045 mac.bind set of bindings for
41048 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41056 \begin_layout Standard
41057 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41061 , and bind files for special languages.
41062 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41063 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41067 \begin_inset space \space{}
41071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41079 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41083 \begin_layout Standard
41084 Some bind-files, like
41088 , have only a small scope.
41089 When looking at the the end of the file
41093 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41096 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41100 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41105 \begin_inset Index idx
41108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41109 Key Bindings ! Editing
41117 \begin_layout Standard
41118 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41119 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41120 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41123 Show key-bindings containing
41126 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41127 Insert there for example as keyword
41128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41135 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41145 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41146 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41150 that you will find in the
41157 \begin_layout Standard
41159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41163 \begin_inset space \space{}
41174 , select the function and press the
41179 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41180 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41181 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41182 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41183 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41185 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41187 The binding for the function
41191 is an example of this.
41194 \begin_layout Standard
41195 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41197 The syntax of the entries is:
41200 \begin_layout Standard
41206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41224 \begin_layout Subsection
41226 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41236 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41241 \begin_inset Index idx
41244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41251 \begin_inset Index idx
41254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41255 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41263 \begin_layout Standard
41264 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41265 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41271 \begin_inset space \space{}
41274 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41275 can use the keyboard map file named
41282 \begin_layout Standard
41283 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41291 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41299 \begin_layout Standard
41300 Besides this, you can specify here the
41302 Wheel scrolling speed
41305 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41309 \begin_layout Subsection
41311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41313 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41318 \begin_inset Index idx
41321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41330 \begin_layout Standard
41331 Input completion is described in sec.
41332 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41338 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41343 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41345 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41346 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41350 \begin_layout Section
41352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41359 \begin_inset Index idx
41362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41369 \begin_inset Index idx
41372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41381 \begin_layout Description
41383 \begin_inset space ~
41386 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41387 It is the default when you
41398 \begin_inset space ~
41406 \begin_layout Description
41408 \begin_inset space ~
41411 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41413 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41415 \begin_inset space ~
41419 \begin_inset space ~
41427 \begin_layout Description
41429 \begin_inset space ~
41432 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41438 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41442 \begin_inset Newline newline
41446 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41458 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41466 \begin_layout Description
41468 \begin_inset space ~
41472 \begin_inset Index idx
41475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41481 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41482 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41483 \begin_inset space ~
41487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41489 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41497 will be used to save the backups.
41498 \begin_inset Newline newline
41501 The backup files have the ending
41502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41512 \begin_layout Description
41517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41524 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41525 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41526 \begin_inset Newline newline
41530 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41538 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41546 \begin_layout Description
41548 \begin_inset space ~
41551 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41554 \begin_layout Description
41556 \begin_inset space ~
41559 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41560 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41561 to find it on the system.
41562 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41563 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41572 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41573 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41577 \begin_layout Section
41581 \begin_layout Standard
41582 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41583 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41585 \begin_inset space ~
41589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41591 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41595 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41598 \begin_layout Section
41600 \begin_inset Index idx
41603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41604 Language ! Settings
41610 \begin_inset Index idx
41613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41614 Settings ! Language
41622 \begin_layout Subsection
41626 \begin_layout Description
41628 \begin_inset space ~
41632 \begin_inset space ~
41635 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41636 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41637 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41638 You find the actual translation status here:
41639 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41641 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41642 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41649 \begin_layout Description
41651 \begin_inset space ~
41654 language is the language used in new documents
41657 \begin_layout Description
41659 \begin_inset space ~
41662 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41664 The default is the LaTeX-command
41670 that loads the package
41678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41679 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41680 \begin_inset space ~
41684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41686 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41696 \begin_inset Newline newline
41703 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41704 to the document language.
41705 A text label is, for instance, the word
41706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41713 at the beginning of every table caption.
41716 \begin_layout Description
41718 \begin_inset space ~
41721 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41722 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41723 An example is the start command
41729 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41734 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41749 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41754 \begin_layout Description
41756 \begin_inset space ~
41764 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41765 command toggles the package on and off.
41768 \begin_layout Description
41770 \begin_inset space ~
41780 \begin_layout Description
41781 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41782 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41783 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41784 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41791 \begin_layout Description
41793 \begin_inset space ~
41796 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41798 When this option is not set, the
41801 \begin_inset space ~
41806 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41807 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41810 \begin_inset space ~
41818 \begin_layout Description
41820 \begin_inset space ~
41826 \begin_inset space ~
41832 When it is not set, the
41835 \begin_inset space ~
41840 is set to the end of the document.
41843 \begin_layout Description
41845 \begin_inset space ~
41849 \begin_inset space ~
41852 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41853 language will be underlined blue.
41856 \begin_layout Description
41858 \begin_inset space ~
41862 \begin_inset space ~
41865 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41866 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41869 \begin_layout Description
41871 \begin_inset space ~
41874 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41875 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41876 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41877 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41880 \begin_layout Subsection
41884 \begin_layout Standard
41885 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41886 \begin_inset space ~
41890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41892 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41899 \begin_layout Section
41903 \begin_layout Subsection
41905 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41912 \begin_inset Index idx
41915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41922 \begin_inset Index idx
41925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41934 \begin_layout Description
41936 \begin_inset space ~
41939 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41940 The name will be used when the
41945 \begin_inset Newline newline
41949 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41957 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
41965 \begin_layout Description
41967 \begin_inset space ~
41971 \begin_inset space ~
41975 \begin_inset space ~
41978 printer This option works only for the
41983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41995 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41996 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41999 \begin_layout Description
42001 \begin_inset space ~
42004 command is the command LyX
42005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42009 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42012 LaTeX uses for printing.
42013 The default is on most systems
42020 \begin_layout Description
42022 \begin_inset space ~
42026 \begin_inset space ~
42029 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42030 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42031 of the program that provides the
42038 \begin_layout Subsection
42040 \begin_inset Index idx
42043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42050 \begin_inset Index idx
42053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42054 Settings ! Date format
42062 \begin_layout Standard
42063 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42064 \begin_inset Newline newline
42068 \begin_inset Flex URL
42071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42073 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42079 \begin_inset Newline newline
42082 For example the format
42083 \begin_inset Newline newline
42087 \begin_inset Newline newline
42090 prints the date as day/month/year.
42093 \begin_layout Subsection
42097 \begin_layout Description
42099 \begin_inset space ~
42103 \begin_inset space ~
42106 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42109 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42110 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42112 \begin_inset space ~
42118 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42122 \begin_layout Description
42124 \begin_inset space ~
42127 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42132 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42133 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42136 \begin_layout Subsection
42141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42149 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42151 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42156 \begin_inset Index idx
42159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42168 \begin_layout Description
42173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42181 \begin_inset space ~
42184 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42189 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42211 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42224 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42225 LyX sets up in the background.
42226 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42229 \begin_layout Description
42231 \begin_inset space ~
42235 \begin_inset space ~
42238 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42243 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42246 \begin_layout Standard
42247 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42248 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42249 manuals of the applications.
42250 Currently the following commands can be set:
42253 \begin_layout Description
42258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42266 \begin_inset space ~
42269 command Command for the program
42273 that is described in the section
42279 Additional Features
42284 \begin_layout Description
42289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42297 \begin_inset space ~
42300 command Command for the program
42304 that generates the bibliography, see section
42305 \begin_inset space ~
42309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42311 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42318 \begin_layout Description
42320 \begin_inset space ~
42323 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42324 \begin_inset space ~
42328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42330 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42337 \begin_layout Description
42339 \begin_inset space ~
42342 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42343 \begin_inset space ~
42347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42349 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42356 \begin_layout Description
42358 \begin_inset space ~
42362 \begin_inset space ~
42366 \begin_inset space ~
42370 \begin_inset space ~
42373 options They only have an effect when the program
42377 is used as DVI-viewer.
42380 \begin_layout Standard
42381 There are additionally the following options:
42384 \begin_layout Description
42386 \begin_inset space ~
42390 \begin_inset space ~
42394 \begin_inset space ~
42398 \begin_inset space ~
42402 \begin_inset space ~
42405 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42423 to separate folders.
42424 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42425 \begin_inset Index idx
42428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42435 \begin_inset Index idx
42438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42447 \begin_layout Description
42449 \begin_inset space ~
42453 \begin_inset space ~
42457 \begin_inset space ~
42461 \begin_inset space ~
42465 \begin_inset space ~
42469 \begin_inset space ~
42472 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42474 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42477 dialog when changing the document class.
42480 \begin_layout Section
42482 \begin_inset space ~
42486 \begin_inset Index idx
42489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42498 \begin_layout Subsection
42500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42502 name "sub:Converters"
42507 \begin_inset Index idx
42510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42519 \begin_layout Standard
42520 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42521 from one format to another.
42522 You can modify them or create new ones.
42523 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42530 \begin_inset space ~
42540 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42544 \begin_inset space ~
42549 drop-down list, modify the
42553 field, and press the
42560 \begin_layout Standard
42563 Converter File Cache
42565 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42568 Maximum Age (in days
42571 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42572 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42575 \begin_layout Standard
42576 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42577 the converter definition, is described in the section
42588 \begin_layout Subsection
42590 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42592 name "sec:File-Formats"
42597 \begin_inset Index idx
42600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42607 \begin_inset Index idx
42610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42619 \begin_layout Standard
42620 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42621 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42625 \begin_layout Standard
42626 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42627 is described in the section
42638 \begin_layout Standard
42639 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42640 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42641 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42642 This is done by specifying a
42647 More about this is described in the section
42658 \begin_layout Chapter
42659 Units available in LyX
42660 \begin_inset Index idx
42663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42670 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42672 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42679 \begin_layout Standard
42680 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42683 reference "cap:Units"
42687 explains all units available in LyX.
42690 \begin_layout Standard
42691 \begin_inset Float table
42697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42698 \begin_inset Caption
42700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42716 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42724 \begin_inset Tabular
42725 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42726 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42727 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42728 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42824 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42828 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42852 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42856 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42879 scaled point (65536
42880 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42884 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42908 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42912 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42936 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42940 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42944 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42968 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42995 % of original image width
43002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43184 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43188 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43209 \begin_layout Chapter
43211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43220 \begin_layout Standard
43221 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43222 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43225 \begin_layout Itemize
43228 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43231 \begin_layout Itemize
43237 \begin_layout Itemize
43243 \begin_layout Itemize
43249 \begin_layout Itemize
43255 \begin_layout Itemize
43261 \begin_layout Itemize
43267 \begin_layout Itemize
43273 \begin_layout Itemize
43276 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43279 \begin_layout Itemize
43285 \begin_layout Itemize
43291 \begin_layout Itemize
43297 \begin_layout Itemize
43303 \begin_layout Itemize
43309 \begin_layout Itemize
43315 \begin_layout Itemize
43321 \begin_layout Itemize
43327 \begin_layout Itemize
43329 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43338 \begin_layout Standard
43339 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43342 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43349 \begin_layout Bibliography
43350 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43351 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43352 LatexCommand bibitem
43359 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43362 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43367 \begin_inset Newline newline
43371 \begin_inset Flex URL
43374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43376 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43384 \begin_layout Bibliography
43385 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43386 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43387 LatexCommand bibitem
43388 key "latexcompanion"
43392 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43394 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43397 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43400 \begin_layout Bibliography
43401 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43402 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43403 LatexCommand bibitem
43408 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43411 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43414 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43417 \begin_layout Bibliography
43418 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43419 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43420 LatexCommand bibitem
43427 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43430 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43433 \begin_layout Bibliography
43434 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43435 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43436 LatexCommand bibitem
43448 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43451 \begin_layout Bibliography
43452 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43453 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43454 LatexCommand bibitem
43460 \begin_inset Newline newline
43464 \begin_inset Flex URL
43467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43469 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43477 \begin_layout Bibliography
43478 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43479 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43480 LatexCommand bibitem
43486 \begin_inset Newline newline
43490 \begin_inset Flex URL
43493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43495 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43503 \begin_layout Bibliography
43504 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43505 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43506 LatexCommand bibitem
43512 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43514 name "Documentation"
43515 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43524 \begin_inset Newline newline
43528 \begin_inset Flex URL
43531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43533 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43541 \begin_layout Bibliography
43542 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43543 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43544 LatexCommand bibitem
43550 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43552 name "Documentation"
43553 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43557 how to use the program
43562 \begin_inset Newline newline
43566 \begin_inset Flex URL
43569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43571 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43579 \begin_layout Bibliography
43580 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43581 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43582 LatexCommand bibitem
43588 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43590 name "Documentation"
43591 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43600 \begin_inset Newline newline
43604 \begin_inset Flex URL
43607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43609 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43617 \begin_layout Bibliography
43618 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43619 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43620 LatexCommand bibitem
43626 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43628 name "Documentation"
43629 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43638 \begin_inset Newline newline
43642 \begin_inset Flex URL
43645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43647 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43655 \begin_layout Bibliography
43656 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43657 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43658 LatexCommand bibitem
43664 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43666 name "Documentation"
43667 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43671 of the LaTeX-package
43676 \begin_inset Index idx
43679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43680 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43686 \begin_inset Newline newline
43690 \begin_inset Flex URL
43693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43695 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43703 \begin_layout Bibliography
43704 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43705 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43706 LatexCommand bibitem
43712 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43714 name "Documentation"
43715 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43719 of the LaTeX-package
43724 \begin_inset Index idx
43727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43728 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43734 \begin_inset Newline newline
43738 \begin_inset Flex URL
43741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43743 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43751 \begin_layout Bibliography
43752 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43753 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43754 LatexCommand bibitem
43762 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43764 name "Documentation"
43765 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43771 of the LaTeX-package
43776 \begin_inset Index idx
43779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43780 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43786 \begin_inset Newline newline
43790 \begin_inset Flex URL
43793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43795 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43803 \begin_layout Bibliography
43804 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43805 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43806 LatexCommand bibitem
43812 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43814 name "Documentation"
43815 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43819 of the LaTeX-package
43824 \begin_inset Index idx
43827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43828 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43834 \begin_inset Newline newline
43838 \begin_inset Flex URL
43841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43843 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43851 \begin_layout Bibliography
43852 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43853 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43854 LatexCommand bibitem
43860 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43862 name "Documentation"
43863 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43867 of the LaTeX-package
43872 \begin_inset Index idx
43875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43876 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43882 \begin_inset Newline newline
43886 \begin_inset Flex URL
43889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43891 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43899 \begin_layout Bibliography
43900 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43901 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43902 LatexCommand bibitem
43908 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43910 name "Documentation"
43911 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43915 of the LaTeX-package
43920 \begin_inset Index idx
43923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43924 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43930 \begin_inset Newline newline
43934 \begin_inset Flex URL
43937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43939 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43947 \begin_layout Bibliography
43948 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43949 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43950 LatexCommand bibitem
43956 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43959 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43963 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43964 \begin_inset Newline newline
43968 \begin_inset Flex URL
43971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43973 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43981 \begin_layout Bibliography
43982 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43983 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43984 LatexCommand bibitem
43990 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43993 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43997 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43998 \begin_inset Newline newline
44002 \begin_inset Flex URL
44005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44007 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44015 \begin_layout Bibliography
44016 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44017 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44018 LatexCommand bibitem
44024 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44027 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44031 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44032 \begin_inset Newline newline
44036 \begin_inset Flex URL
44039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44041 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44049 \begin_layout Bibliography
44050 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44051 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44052 LatexCommand bibitem
44058 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44061 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44065 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44066 \begin_inset Newline newline
44070 \begin_inset Flex URL
44073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44075 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44083 \begin_layout Bibliography
44084 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44085 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44086 LatexCommand bibitem
44092 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44095 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44099 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44100 \begin_inset Newline newline
44104 \begin_inset Flex URL
44107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44109 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44117 \begin_layout Bibliography
44118 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44119 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44120 LatexCommand bibitem
44126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44129 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44133 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44134 \begin_inset Newline newline
44138 \begin_inset Flex URL
44141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44143 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44151 \begin_layout Bibliography
44152 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44153 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44154 LatexCommand bibitem
44160 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44163 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44167 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44168 \begin_inset Newline newline
44172 \begin_inset Flex URL
44175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44177 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44185 \begin_layout Bibliography
44186 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44187 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44188 LatexCommand bibitem
44194 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44197 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44201 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44202 \begin_inset Newline newline
44206 \begin_inset Flex URL
44209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44211 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44219 \begin_layout Bibliography
44220 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44221 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44222 LatexCommand bibitem
44228 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44231 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44235 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44236 \begin_inset Newline newline
44240 \begin_inset Flex URL
44243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44245 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44253 \begin_layout Bibliography
44254 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44255 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44256 LatexCommand bibitem
44262 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44265 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44269 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44270 \begin_inset Newline newline
44274 \begin_inset Flex URL
44277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44279 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44287 \begin_layout Bibliography
44288 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44289 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44290 LatexCommand bibitem
44296 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44299 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44303 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44304 \begin_inset Newline newline
44308 \begin_inset Flex URL
44311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44313 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44321 \begin_layout Bibliography
44322 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44323 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44324 LatexCommand bibitem
44330 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44333 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44337 about new features in
44342 \begin_inset Newline newline
44346 \begin_inset Flex URL
44349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44351 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44359 \begin_layout Standard
44360 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44394 \begin_inset Note Note
44397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44404 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44405 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44406 bibliography is the second one:
44414 \begin_layout Standard
44415 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44416 LatexCommand bibtex
44417 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44418 options "biblio/alphadin"
44425 \begin_layout Standard
44426 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44429 \begin_layout Standard
44432 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44433 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44439 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44440 LatexCommand printindex